Page 1
Copy to : -
1. The Director of Board of Student Development.,
2. The Deputy Registrar (Eligibility and Migration Section)
3. The Director of Students Welfare,
4. The Executive Secretary to the to the Vice -Chancellor,
5. The Pro-Vice-Chancellor
6. The Registrar and
7 The Assistant Registrar, Administrative sub -centers, Ratnagiri,
Thane & Kalyan, for information.
1. The Director of Board of Examinations and Evaluation
2. The Finance and Accounts Officers
3. Record Section
4. Publications Section
5. The Deputy Registrar, Enrolment, Eligibility and Migration Section
6. The Deputy Registrar (Accounts Section), Vidyanagari
7. The Deputy Registrar, Affiliation Se ction
8. The Professor -cum- Director, Institute of Distance and Open Learning
Education,
9. The Director University Computer Center (IDE Building), Vidyanagari,
10. The Deputy Registrar (Special Cell),
11. The Deputy Registrar, (PRO)
12. The Deputy Registrar, Academic Authorities Unit (1 copies) and
13. The Assistant Registrar, Executive Authorities Unit
They are requested to treat this as action taken report on t he
concerned resolution adopted by the Academic Council referred to in the
above circular and that on separate Action Taken Report will be sent in this
connection.
1. The Assistant Registrar Constituent Colleges Unit
2. BUCTU
3. The Deputy Accountant, Unit V
4. The In -charge Director, Centralize Computing Facility
5. The Receptionist
6. The Telephone Operator
7. The Secretary MUASA
8. The Superintendent, P ost-Graduate Section
9. The Superintendent, Thesis Section
for information.
M.Sc. Part II (Semester III and Semester IV): Zoology (Animal Physiology)
Syllabus Committee Members
Dr. Nisar Shaikh
Chairman,
G. M. Momin Women’s College, Bhiwandi
Dist. Thane, Maharashtra Dr. Vasanti Katchi
Mentor,
Former Board of Chairperson in Zoology,
University of Mumbai, Mumbai
Dr. Smita Durve
Mentor,
Former Board of Chairperson in Zoology,
University of Mumbai,
Mumbai Dr. Kalpana Pai
Mentor,
Centre of Advanced Study, Department of
Zoology, Savitribai Phule Pune University,
Ganeshkhind, Pune – 411007
Dr. G. Gyananath
Mentor,
Former Director,
School of Life Sciences,
SRTM University,
Nanded. Dr. Arthur Frank
Mentor,
Professor and Chair Emeritus, Department of
Environmental and Occupational health
Dornsife School of Public Health, Drexel
University, Philadelphia, PA, USA.
Dr. P. G. Kale
Former Head and Professor,
Department of Zoology
R. J. College, Ghatkopar (w),
Mumbai Dr. Bhavita Chavan
Convener,
Government of Maharashtra’s
Ismail Yusuf College, Hardevi Society, Natwar
Nagar, Jogeshwari (E),
Mumbai – 400 060
Dr. Asha Rao
Head and Associate Professor,
Department of Zoology,
Bhavan’s College, Andheri (W),
Mumbai – 400058 Dr. Vaishali T. Phusate
Head and Associate Professor, Department of
Zoology, Ruia College,
Matunga,
Mumbai - 400 019
Dr. Rupali Vaity
Assistant Professor,
Department of Zoology, S. I. E. S. College,
Sion, Mumbai – 400 022 Dr. Shailesh Anaji Tawade
Assistant Professor, Department of Zoology,
Patkar College, Goregaon (W),
Mumbai - 400 062
CONTENTS
1. Preface
2. Preamble
3. Pedagogy
4. Tables of Courses, Topics, Credits and Workload
5. Theory Syllabus for Semester III
(Course codes: PSZOPHY301 – PSZOPHY304)
6. Practical Syllabus for Semester III
(Course codes: PSZOPHY3P1 – PSZOPHY3P4)
7. Theory Syllabus for Semester IV
(Course codes: PSZOPHY401 – PSZOPHY404)
8. Practical Syllabus for Semester IV
(Course codes: PSZOPHY4P1 – PSZOPHY4P4)
9. References (Semester III and Semester IV)
10. Marking Scheme of Examination (Theory and Practical)
11. Skeleton Practical Papers: Semester III and Semester IV
PREFACE
The main objective of reconstructing the Post Graduate syllabus of Zoology for Semester III and
Semester IV is to provide global level advanced and skill oriented deep knowledge to the
stakeholders which is currently needed for their survival. The current research and teaching in
Zoology includes diverse aspects with a balance of organismic and reductionist biology. It offers
teaching and research programs in the diverse areas, such as, A nimal Physiology, Entomology,
Fish Biology, Immunology, Developmental Biology, Cell Signaling, Cell Biology, Radiation Biology,
Reproductive Biology, Endocrinology, Genomics, Metagenomic, Cancer Biology, etc. Our vision is
to provide Global Knowledge in ed ucation, training & research in the field of Zoology where
teaching and research encrust detailed understanding from microbes to human. The broad skills
and deeper knowledge in the field would make them highly successful and excellent researcher in
advance d areas of research in the Biological sciences.
Therefore, the Board of Studies in Zoology aims to impart holistic understanding of Zoology by
“redefining Zoology” to students of every age so that they develop interest in Science. It also aims
to develop teaching and research programs that have relevance to society and employability.
The M.Sc. program is being revised under CBCS scheme of UGC to meet the expectations of
students.
To keep all of the above factors in mind, this syllabus was developed by t he curriculum committee
of Mentors, subject experts from other Universities and dedicated teachers. Their major role was
to abridge, grow, augment and give a forward bearing to Zoology taught in undergraduate
curriculum, with projections to future requirem ents. They have successfully completed this
colossal task. I congratulate them.
Dr. Deelip L. Bharmal
Chairman Board of Studies in Zoology University of Mumbai
PREAMBLE
I am extremely happy to present this new syllabus of Semester III and Se mester IV to the
teachers and students of Post Graduate Course in Zoology of the specializations, Oceanography
and Fishery Technology, Entomology, Endocrinology, Animal Physiology and Environmental
Science. While constructing the syllabus, the relevant inp uts have been considered from Mentors,
subject experts from various fields of other Universities, teachers and stakeholders to make it
more effective.
An attempt has been made to make post graduate courses competitive and on par with global
standards, as per the directives of University Grant Commission for the implementation of choice
based credit system. Hence as per the guideline of UGC the present syllabus is made more
interesting with new, innovative topics as per need of the current situation of the world and
stakeholders.
The M.Sc. Zoology program provides an appropriate blend of classical and applied aspects of the
subject. This newly designed curriculum will allow students to acquire skills in handling scientific
instruments planning and performin g in the laboratory and exercising critical judgment,
independent thinking and problem solving skills.
The utmost care has been taken to declare the final syllabus well in advance to enable the
teachers to make preparations before commencement of the acad emic year and facilitating
students to execute their right to know the details before admissions.
The draft of Syllabus was approved in meeting of the Board of Studies in Zoology held on 10th
March 2020, and it was unanimously resolved to implement the re vised syllabus of Zoology at
M.Sc. Semester ‐III and IV and make it effective from the Academic Year 2020 ‐2021 after approval
from concerned authorities of the University.
The success of this revamped syllabus will depend totally on the enthusiasm and inte rest shown
by the stakeholders.
Dr. Nisar Shaikh
Chairman, M.Sc. Part II
Syllabus Committee
PEDAGOGY
PSZOPHY301 deals with ‘Systems’ Physiology (Invertebrates) I’. Any life process could be
better understood, if the concept of cell physiology is clear, hence the course starts with the topic
on cell physiology followed by physiological processes like Nutrition, Respiration, Circulation and
Excretion with respect to invertebrates. Use of animated videos (ICT) will be a good help for th e
learner in understanding the concepts of membrane physiology. The students will get a clear
insight and understand these topics with the help of lectures, demonstrations as well as
observation of permanent slides or specimens and comparing the structures with that of the
function.
PSZOPHY302 covers topics with respect to ‘Systems’ Physiology (Vertebrates) II’. Life
processes like Nutrition, Respiration, Circulation and Excretion in the vertebrates will be covered in
this course. All the physiological processes that are to be studied in this unit will focus on structure
and function analysis. The analytical skill s of the students will be developed if the topics are taught
by correlating the habitat and behaviour of the organism with that of the structure involved in
maintenance of physiological processes. Life processes studied in the syllabus also include
various disorders associated with it. These topics can be made more effective by indulging class
room discussion, paper presentations and seminars wherein the recent studies and treatments
involved with respect to a particular disorder can be understood by the students.
PSZOPHY303, ‘Biochemical adaptations and Instrumentation’ covers topics Biochemical
adaptations, Oxygen and Environmental radiations, Water, Temperature and Pressure,
Instrumentation I and II. The concepts of environmental stress with respect to o xygen,
temperature, pressure, and water can be elucidated with the help of simple laboratory experiments
along with classroom teaching. The knowledge of instruments being essential in research, hence
the learners should be encouraged to visit research inst itutes in order to understand the working
and principles of various instruments that are used in research. Learners should be motivated to
participate in workshops for hands on training in research institutes so that they can handle the
instruments confide ntly and at the same time their interaction with the scientists and research
scholars would enhance their analytical and reasoning skills
PSZOPHY304, ‘Applied Physiology’ deals with Cellular physiology, Human Immune response
and Medical applications, Canc er cell biology, Exercise physiology. Learners have already
comprehended the basics of Cell biology and immunology at the undergraduate level. Hence at
post graduate level the syllabus involves various aspects of cell signaling, cell communication,
immune response and related medical applications in healthcare. This topic will be well perceived
by the students as the theoretical part of this topic is supported enough with the practical
component. Cell signaling and communication can be explained with the ai d of ICT, visit to
pathology laboratory wherein medical tests involving immune responses are conducted will further
help the learners in understanding the diagnostic tests. The learners being familiar with the
concepts of cell cycle, the topic of Cancer ce ll biology will help them to relate the role of variations
in cell cycle with that of the development of cancer. Recent advances in cancer treatment can be
effectively understood by the learners with emphasis on reference of recent research papers.
Exercis e physiology a newly introduced topic in the syllabus highlights the basic physiology related
to exercise. The learner will understand the importance of exercise though much needed in our
present lifestyle. Learners can comprehend this concept easily as mo st of them enjoy strength
training and they will be more conscious about the physiological changes that take place during
and due to work outs. Avenues are available as fitness trainers and the knowledge of exercise
physiology may benefit and allow the lea rner an added career option.
PSZOPHY401, ‘Systems’ Physiology III’ deals with Locomotor system, Physiology of motility,
Neurophysiology, and Sensory and Effector Physiology in animals. Locomotion is one of the
characteristic features of the animal kingdom . The locomotory structures vary in different animals
depending upon their habitat. Hence, study of locomotory structures and the mechanism of their
working may to be explained by conducting field visits. Neurophysiology and Sensory & effecto r
physiology man be best elucidated with the help of ICT enabled teaching learning methodology
along with regular class room teaching.
PSZOPHY402, ‘Systems’ Physiology IV’ includes Endocrine Physiology I & II in invertebrates
and the vertebrates respectiv ely, Biological rhythms and Physiology of migration. Endocrine
Physiology both in invertebrates and vertebrates may be made interesting to the learner not only
by chalk and board or ICT method but also with the help of simple laboratory experiments. In
2017, Nobel Prize in Physiology was awarded to Hall, Rosbash and Young for their discoveries in
molecular mechanisms controlling circadian rhythm. Such great discoveries and research work
should be discussed in the class to motivate and encourage the learners to understand biological
rhythms in animals. Having already studied the concept of migration at undergraduate level the
learner can comprehend physiology of migration and adaptation in animals not only by lectures but
more effectively by screening of vari ous documentaries based on migratory routes of animals with
geographical distribution.
PSZOPHY403, ‘Recent Trends in Physiology’ introduces the learners to the topics of Drug
Designing & Modelling, Clinical trials, Clinical trial management & Guidelines a nd Stem Cell
physiology. Drug designing, an integrated developing discipline in an era of tailored drug, involves
the study of effects of biologically active compounds in animals whereas the topic on Clinical trials
will make the learners understand variou s types and phases of clinical trials. The syllabus also
focuses upon the guidelines to be followed during clinical trials and the management of clinical
trials. The topics of this course being newly introduced would require the learner to understand the
basic concepts aided with ICT tools, animation, video clips and visits to industry and
pharmaceutical company. The concepts of stem cell physiology may be better comprehended by
the learners with the help of class room discussions, review of recent research papers and invited
talks from expertise of the subject.
PSZOPHY404 consists of ‘Instrumentation and Presentation of Scientific data’ which help the
students to choose suitable measuring instruments for their applications and understanding of
limitations, principles and measurement errors. The students will aware the efficiency of the
instruments. Similarly the course also has the unit of presentation of scientific data. Text, tables,
and graphs for data and information presentation are very powerful commu nication tools. They
can make scientific report easy to understand, attract and sustain the interest of beneficiary.
Convener and Committee Members
M. Sc. II Zoology Syllabus
Choice Based Credit System
To be implemented from the Academic Year 2020 -2021
Animal Physiology: Semester III
Course Name
and Code Unit Topic Headings Credit Lecture/
Week College
Assessment
Internal University
Assessment
External
Paper I: Systems’ Physiology (Invertebrates) I
PSZOPHY301 1 Nutritive System
4 1
40
60 2 Respiratory System 1
3 Circulatory System 1
4 Osmoregulation and Excretory
System 1
Paper II: Systems’ Physiology (Vertebrates) II
PSZOPHY302 1 Nutritive System
4 1
40
60 2 Respiratory System 1
3 Circulatory System 1
4 Osmoregulation and Excretory
System 1
Paper III: Biochemical adaptation and Instrumentation
PSZOPHY303 1 Biochemical adaptation, Oxygen
and Environmental Radiation
4 1
40
60 2 Water, Temperature and
Pressure 1
3 Instrumentation I 1
4 Instrumentation II 1
Paper IV: Applied Physiology
PSZOPHY304 1 Cellular Physiology
4 1
40
60 2 Human Immune Response and
Applications 1
3 Cancer Cell Biology 1
4 Exercise Physiology 1
Total 16 16 160 240
Practicals
PSZOPHY3P1 Practicals based on PSZOPHY301 2 4 – 50
PSZOPHY3P2 Practicals based on PSZOPHY302 2 4 – 50
PSZOPHY3P3 Practicals based on PSZOPHY303 2 4 – 50
PSZOPHY3P4 Practicals based on PSZOPHY304 2 4 – 50
Total 8 16 – 200
Grant Total 24 32 160 440
Animal Physiology: Semester IV
Course Name
and Code Unit Topic Headings Credit Lecture/
Week College
Assessment
Internal University
Assessment
External
Paper I: Systems’ Physiology III
PSZOPHY401 1 Locomotor System
4 1
40
60 2 Physiology of Motility 1
3 Neurophysiology 1
4 Sensory and Effectors
Physiology 1
Paper II: Systems’ Physiology IV
PSZOPHY402 1 Endocrine Physiology - I
4 1
40
60 2 Endocrine Physiology - II 1
3 Biological Rhythms 1
4 Physiology of Migration 1
Paper III: Recent Trends in Physiology
PSZOPHY403 1 Drug Designing & modelling
4 1
40
60 2 Clinical trials 1
3 Clinical Trial Management and
Guidelines 1
4 Stem Cell Physiology 1
Paper IV: Instrumentation and Presentation of Scientific data
PSZOPHY404 1 Instrumentation
2 1
40
60 2 Presentation of Scientific data 1
3 Project 2 2
Total 16 16 160 240
Practicals
PSZOPHY4P1 Practicals based on PSZOPHY401 2 4 – 50
PSZOPHY4P2 Practicals based on PSZOPHY402 2 4 – 50
PSZOPHY4P3 Practicals based on PSZOPHY403 2 4 – 50
PSZOPHY4P4 Practicals based on PSZOPHY404 2 4 – 50
Total 8 16 – 200
Grant Total 24 32 160 440
M. SC. PART 2: SEMESTER III (THEORY)
PAPER 1: PSZOPHY301
SYSTEMS’ PHYSIOLOGY (INVERTEBRATES) I
Unit 1: Nutritive System (15 L)
Objectives:
To familiarize the learner with nutritional physiology at various structural levels from
membranes to systems.
Desired Outcome :
The learner shall comprehend the molecular processes at membrane level and their
significance in nutrition, food capture and processing, nutritive types and their correlation to
variety of structures of nutritional apparatus in invertebrates.
1.1 Nutritional Physiology at Cell ular level
1.1.1 Membrane physiology
Functional consequences of molecular composition and arrangement of cell
membrane
1.1.2 Transport across cell membrane
Diffusion, active transport, pump; uniports, symports and antiport, co -transport by
symporters and anitporters
1.2 Physiology of Food Capture and Processing in Invertebrate
1.2.1 Nutritive Patterns – Origin of Nutritive types
1.2.2 Feeding patterns
a) Large particle feeding
b) Surface nutrient absorption
1.2.3 Modifications in the digestive system of invertebrates
a) Arthropoda
b) Mollusca
1.3 Dietary toxins and chemical defense strategies nematocyst, milk weed in monarch butterfly
Unit 2: Respiratory System (15 L)
Objectives:
To familiarize the learner to different structural elements in respiratory process and their
operational mechanism.
Desired outcome :
The learner shall discern relationship of respiratory pigments, organization of membranes
into structures like gills and trachea, mechanism of operation, patterns of respiration and
their relationship to the habitat of invertebrates.
2.1 Invertebrate transition from water to land
2.2 Respiratory mechanisms in aquatic invertebrates
2.2.1 Respiration across the cell membrane
2.2.2 Ostia
2.2.3 Gills – Crustacean and Echinoderms
2.2.4 Plastron
2.2.5 Aquatic insects
2.3 Tracheal system
2.3.1 Millipedes, Centipedes and insects
2.3.2 Tracheal ventilation
2.3.3 Gas exchange across tracheolar walls
2.3.4 Spiracle and its movement
2.4 Discontinuous or cyclic respiration
2.5 Regulation of respiration
2.6 Respiratory pigments
a) Chlorocruorin
b) Haemerythrin
c) Haemocyanin
Unit 3: Circulatory System (15 L)
Objectives:
To familiarize the learner to circulation of body fluids and types of circulation in various
phyla of invertebrates
Desired outcome :
The learner shall study variety of circulatory fluids, patterns of circulation and physiological
types of hearts in invertebr ates.
3.1 Evolution of Invertebrate circulatory system
3.2 Circulating Fluids
3.2.1 Cytoplasm
3.2.2 Hydrolymph
3.2.3 Haemolymph
3.2.4 Lymph
3.2.5 Blood
3.3 Circulation of external fluid through an open body cavity – Sponge
3.4 Circulation of internal fluid through an open circulatory system – Cockroach
3.5 Open circulatory system in Mollusca
3.6 Circulatory mechanism and fluid compartments, movements of body fluids by somatic muscle
3.7 Physiological types of hearts with special reference to Arthropods, Annelids, Mollusca
3.8 Circulation in Cnidarians , Nemertean worms, Nematods, Annelids, Echinoderms, Molluscs,
Arachnids
Unit 4: Osmoregulation and Excretory System (15 L)
Objectives:
To familiarize the learner to organizational levels of osmo -regulatory and excretory
structures in invertebrates and types of molecules generated as excretory product.
Desired outcome:
The learner shall appreciate the relationship between increasing complexity of structure of
excretory systems, the metabolic pathways generating the excretory waste products and
the habit at of the invertebrates.
4.1 Invertebrate excr etory organs and physiology
4.1.1 Epithelial exchange
4.1.2 Coelom
4.1.3 Coelomoducts
4.1.4 Malphighian tubules
4.1.5 Protonephridia and metanephridia
4.1.6 Molluscan kidney
4.1.7 Antennal gland in crustacean
4.2 Multifunctional aspects of nitrogen excretory pathways in the Molluscs
4.3 Channelling of the flow of nitrogen towards uric acids or urea in the Molluscs
4.4 Significance of ammonia production in crustaceans,
4.5 Ammonotelic -Uricotelic transition in insects, formation of urine in insects
PAPER 2: PSZOPHY302
SYSTEMS’ PHYSIOLOGY (VERTEBRATES) I
Unit 1: Nutritive System (15 L)
Objectives:
To familiarize the learner to different feeding patterns, variety of nutritional apparatus,
process of digestion in the vertebrates and digestive system in human beings.
Desired outcome :
The learner shall comprehend the comparative and specialized aspects of nutritional type,
digestive systems, digestion as a metabolic process and neuro -hormonal regulation of
nutrition.
Role of microbes in digestion, balanced diet and disorders of digestive function are applied
aspects of nutrition, the study of which is an important take away for learners, which will
help them in healthcare.
1.1. Feeding mechanism in vertebrates
1.1.1 Filter feeding
a) Pisces
b) Flamingoes
c) Tadpoles of frog
1.1.2 Reptiles (Jacobson’s organ)
1.2. Specialized compartmentalization of digestive system in vertebrates
1.2.1 Intestinal modification in herbivore and carnivore
1.2.2 Intestine in fish, bird and mammal
1.3. Comparative study of mechanical or physiological digestion – gill rakers, Dentition in Pisces,
Amphibians, Reptiles, Birds and Mammals
1.4. Comparative study of Chemical digestion
1.5. Absorptive adaptation of the Gut
1.6. Micro -biome of human gut and its significance
1.7. Metabolic transition between meals
1.7.1 Hormonal control postprandial regulation of nutrient stores
1.7.2 Effect of prolonged food deprivation
1.8. Balanced diet - a human perspectives
1.9. Disorders of digestive system:
1.9.1 Acid reflux
1.9.2 Gall stones
1.9.3 Haemorrhoids
1.9.4 Dental Acidity
1.9.5 Acidity and its impact
1.9.6 Stress and hunger drive
Unit 2: Respiratory System (15 L)
Objectives:
To introduce the learner to physico -chemical parameters of respiration in the vertebrates.
Desired outcome :
The learner shall comprehend change in physiology as an adaptive process in transition of
vertebrates between aquatic and terrestrial mode of life.
The learners shall realize the clinical significance of simple diagnostic tests for estimation of
blood parameters.
2.1 Transition of vertebrates from water to land
2.2 Comparative study of Respiratory system in vertebrates:
2.2.1 Aquatic, terrestrial, gas exchange in terrestrial eggs
2.2.2 Respiration in lungfish
2.3 Chemistry of respiration
2.3.1 Composition of atmospheric and expired air
2.3.2 Aerodynamic Sub -division of air in the lungs
2.3.3 Regulation of lung breathing
2.3.4 Transport of gases in the blood
2.3.5 Diffusion of gases in the lungs
2.3.6 Transport of CO 2 in the blood
2.3.7 Haldane effect - Partial pressure of gases
2.4 Dissociation of Oxyhaemoglobin and factors affecting it (temperature, electrolytes, CO 2 and
Carboxyhaemoglobin)
2.5 Acid-base balance:
2.5.1 Measurements
2.5.2 Causes of disturbanc es
2.5.3 Metabolic Acidosis
2.5.4 Respiratory Acidosis
2.5.5 Metabolic, Alkalosis
2.5.6 Respiratory Alkalosis
2.6 Role of medulla oblongata in respiration
2.6.1 Chemoreceptor
2.6.2 Mechanoreceptor and Ventilation reflexes
2.6.3 Chemical factors regulating respiration
2.6.4 Oxygen equilibrium curve and its significance
2.7 Manifestation of variation in haemoglobin saturation
2.7.1 Oxygen toxicity
2.7.2 Carbon monoxide poisoning
2.7.3 Clinical significance
Unit 3: Circulatory System (15 L)
Objectives:
To introduce the learner to functional dynamics of circulatory systems in the vertebrates.
Desired outcome :
The learner shall gauge the evolutionary adaptations of the circulatory system and
understand the control and coordination of circulation in the vertebrates.
The learner shall comprehend the applied aspects of circulatory system in the context of
human health.
3.1 Rheology:
3.1.1 Viscosity, Poisuille
3.1.2 Hagen flow formula
3.1.3 Laminar and turbulent flow Resistance
3.1.4 Pressure, velocity and gravity
3.2 Chordate circulatory system:
3.2.1 Arterial system
3.2.2 Venous System
3.2.3 Lymphatic System
3.3 Circulatory patterns in Vertebrates
3.3.1 Lung fish
3.3.2 Amphibians
3.3.3 Reptiles
3.3.4 Birds
3.3.5 Mammals
3.4 Regulation of cardiovascular system
3.4.1 Heart
3.4.2 Cardiac output
3.4.3 Blood pressure
3.5 The buffer system of the blood
3.5.1 Haemoglobin buffer
3.5.2 The Chloride shift
3.6 Selective distribution of blood flow
3.7 Circulatory disorders in humans – Varicose veins
Unit 4: Osmoregulation and Excretory System (15 L)
Objectives:
To enable the learner to become well versed with patterns of nitrogen metabolism,
excretion of wastes, osmoregulation and applied aspects renal function in human beings.
Desired outcome:
The learner shall discern the variations in metabolic waste products and their relationship to
habitat, metabolic pathways of nitrogen metabolism in the vertebrates, role of renal
functions in electrolyte b alance, blood pressure and acid -base balance.
The learner shall be introduced health effects of compromised kidney functions.
4.1 Variation in vertebrate kidneys
4.2 Nitrogen Metabolism: Formation of nitrogenous excretory products
4.2.1 Amino -N Metabolism
4.2.2 Nucleic Acid Metabolism
4.2.3 Other nitrogenous waste products
4.3 Regulation of Urine formation
4.3.1 Urine concentration,
4.3.2 Micturition,
4.3.3 Relationship of regulation of water balance with reference to blood volume, blood
pressure, electrolyte balance, acid -base balance.
4.4 Kidney failure and diseases in human:
4.4.1 Acute kidney injury,
4.4.2 Causes of kidney failure,
4.4.3 Chronic kidney disease
a) Causes,
b) Kidney stone
c) Dialysis (renal and peritoneal dialysis)
PAPER 3: PSZOPHY303
BIOCHEMICAL ADAPTATION AND INSTRUMENTATION
Unit 1: Biochemical Adaptation, Oxygen and Environmental Radiation (15 L)
Objectives:
Learner shall reinforce concepts of homeostasis and understand environmental stress and
physiological adaptations to withstand the stress.
Desired outcome :
The learner shall comprehend metabolic strategies and physiological adaptations to
withstand environmental stress in the form of ambient oxygen availability and environmental
radiation.
1.1 Environmental Stress, Homeostasis and strategies of biochemical adaptations:
1.1.1 Basic concept of envi ronmental stress
a) Plastic and elastic strain
b) Stress resistance, stress avoidance and stress tolerance
1.1.2 Homeostasis and biochemical adaptation:
a) External and internal environment
b) Multiple control system
c) Strategies of biochemical adaptations
1.2 Oxygen as an environmental factor:
1.2.1 Oxygen and Origin of life
1.2.2 Oxygen dependencies in living organism
1.2.3 Anoxia adaptations in invertebrates
1.2.4 Adaptations of vertebrates during prolonged diving
1.2.5 Oxygen debt in vertebrate muscle
1.3 Radiation as an environmental factor:
1.3.1 Biomolecule s involved in perception and trapping of solar radiations:
a) Chlorophyll
b) Bacterio -rhodopsin
c) Rhodopsin
d) Vitamin A
1.3.2 Adaptations of animals to absence of solar radiations
Unit 2: Water, Temperature and Pressure (15 L)
Objectives:
Learner shall reinforce concept s of homeostasis and understand environmental stress and
physiological adaptations to withstand the stress.
Desired outcome :
The learner shall comprehend metabolic strategies and physiological adaptations to
withstand stress in the form of water, temperature and pressure as environmental factors.
2.1 Water and Solute problem:
2.1.1 Preservation of intracellular solvent capacity
2.1.2 ATPase the model regulatory enzyme
2.1.3 Key role of GDH reaction
2.2 Temperature as environmental factor
2.2.1 Thermal limits of survival
2.2.2 Temperat ure and Structural effects with response to Biological molecules and
biological membranes
2.2.3 Temperature and rate effects:
a) Temperature dependent E~S affinity
b) Lipoprotein enzymes
2.3 Thermal resistance of dormant and active cells
2.3.1 Ectothermy and endothermy
2.3.2 Endothermy in invertebrates
2.3.3 Biochemical adaptations of Ectothermy:
a) Antifreeze substances
b) Heat shock proteins
2.4 Pressure as an environmental factor:
2.4.1 Fundamental effects of pressure on biological system
2.4.2 Effect of pressure on weak bonds and the conse quences for higher orders of
molecular structures and process ( transcription, translation and gene regulation)
2.4.3 Strategies of enzyme adaptations to pressure in marine organisms:
a) FDPase
b) PK
Unit 3: Instrumentation – I (15 L)
Objectives:
To familiarize the learner with various tools and techniques required to study animal
physiology.
Desired outcome:
The learner will be acquainted with principles and procedures necessary to prepare
samples for physiological studies and learn experientially through observing demonstration
or hands on experience of instruments.
1.1 Histochemical and Immunotechniques
1.1.1 Detection of molecules using
a) ELISA
b) RIA
c) Western blot
d) Immunoprecipitation
e) Fluocytometry
f) Immunofluorescence microscopy
1.1.2 Detection of molecules in living cells, in situ localization by techniques such as FISH
and GISH
3.2 Chromatographic techniques: Principles and applications
3.2.1 Column Chromatography
3.2.2 Ion exchange chromatography
3.2.3 HPTLC
3.2.4 HPLC
3.2.5 Gas chromatography
Unit 4: Instrumentation – II (15 L)
Objectives:
To familiarize the learner with various tools and techniques required to study animal
physiology.
Desired outcome:
The learner will be acquainted with principles and protocols necessary to operate
instruments for es timations and analyses of samples for physiological studies and learn
experientially through observing demonstration or hands on experience of analytical
instruments.
4.1 Biophysical Method: Molecular analysis
4.1.1 UV/visible
4.1.2 Fluorescence,
4.1.3 Circular dichroism
4.1.4 NMR
4.2 ESR spectroscopy Molecular structure determination using X -ray diffraction and NMR
4.3 Molecular analysis using light scattering
4.4 Different types of mass spectrometry and surface plasma resonance methods
4.5 Radiolabeling techniques:
4.5.1 Detection and measurement of different types of radioisotopes normally used in
biology
4.5.2 Incorporation of radioisotopes in biological tissues and cells
4.5.3 Molecular imaging of radioactive material, safety guidelines
PAPER 4: PSZOPHY304
APPLIED PHYSIOLOGY
Unit 1 : Cellular Physiology (15 L)
Objectives:
To initiate the learner in the process of cellular signaling and communication as well as
protein sorting.
Desired outcome :
The learner shall envisage molecular processes involved in cellular signaling and
communication.
The learner shall be able to trace the transport of proteins from their site of synthesis to the
site of their action.
1.1 Cell signaling:
1.1.1 Hormones and their receptors
1.1.2 Cell surface receptor,
1.1.3 Signaling through G -protein coupled receptors
1.1.4 Signal transduction pathways
1.1.5 Second messengers
1.1.6 Regulation of signalling pathways
1.2 General principles of cell communication
1.2.1 Cell adhesion and roles of different adhesion molecules
1.2.2 Gap junctions
1.2.3 Extracellular matrix
1.2.4 Integrins
1.2.5 Neurotransmission and its regulation
1.3 Protein sorting and transportation
Unit 2: Human Immune Response and Medical Application (15 L)
Objectives:
To familiarize the learner to immune response and defence mechanisms in human
systems.
Desired outcome:
The learner shall comprehend various molecular defence mechanisms and immune
response and their applications in healthcare in terms of therapeutics and organ
transplantation.
2.1 Major Histocompatibility complex, antigen processing and presenting cells
2.2 Tolera nce and Autoimmunity
2.3 Immunity to pathogens and vaccines
2.4 The Complement System
2.4.1 Functions
2.4.2 Components
2.4.3 Activation and regulation of the complement
2.4.4 Biological consequences of the complement activation
2.5 Lymphocyte Ontogeny and Membrane Markers
2.6 Transplantation Immunology
2.6.1 basis of graft rejection
2.6.2 Clinical manifestation of graft rejection
2.6.3 General and specific immunosuppressive therapy
2.6.4 Immune tolerance to allograph
2.6.5 Clinical transplantation
2.7 Organ -Specific Autoimmune Diseases
2.7.1 Systemic Lupus Erythematosus
2.7.2 Rheumatoid Arthritis
2.7.3 General account of Immunodeficiency diseases
Unit 3: Cancer Cell Biology (15 L)
Objectives:
To introduce the learner to development of cancer in terms of cell cycle and apoptosis.
Desired outcome :
The learner shall comprehend factors responsible for apoptosis, variations in cell
cycle and their role in development of cancer.
3.1 Components of cell cycle and control system, Mitotic catastrophe
3.2 Extracellular control of cell division
3.2.1 Cell growth and apoptosis
3.2.2 Morphological and biochemical features of apoptosis
3.2.3 Necroptosis
3.3 Caspases (effector molecules)
3.3.1 Executioners of the apoptosis process
3.3.2 Extrinsic and intrinsic apoptotic pathway
3.4 Role of mitochondria in cell death
3.4.1 Mechanism of mitochondrial outer membrane permeabilization (MOMP)
3.4.2 Cell death effectors released from mitochondria
3.5 Poly – ADP –ribose Polymerase (PARP) proteolysis as an indicator of cell death
3.6 Senescence and cancer
3.7 Chemoresistance and cancer
3.8 Immunogenicity of cancer cell death
3.9 Autophagy and Role of autophagy in tumour survival, oncogenic genes that regulate
Autophagy
3.10 Cancer treatment: Immunotherapy
Unit 4: Exercise Physiology (15 L)
Objectives:
To initiate the learner to fundamentals of exercise physiology.
Desired outcome:
The learner shall comprehend effect of exercise on various physiological parameters for
molecular to systems level.
4.1 Exercise and Immune system:
4.1.1 Exercise and resistance to infections
4.1.2 Risks of infections due to high intensity workout and environmental extremes
4.2 Cell signaling and Hormonal resp onse to exercise:
4.2.1 Blood hormone concentration
4.2.2 Hormone receptor interaction
4.2.3 Muscle glycogen utilization
4.2.4 Blood glucose homeostasis during exercise
4.2.5 Hormone substrate interaction
4.3 Circulatory responses to exercise:
4.3.1 Organization of circulatory system
4.3.2 Cardiac cycle
4.3.3 Changes in oxygen delivery to muscles during exercise
4.4 Role of nervous system exercise:
4.4.1 Control and coordination of movements during exercise
4.4.2 Joint and muscle proprioceptors
4.4.3 Muscle chemoreceptors
4.4.4 Motor functions of the spinal cord
M. Sc. Part 2: Semester III Practical
Practical 1: PSZOPHY3P1
1. Study of Mouth parts in different insects, observe the modifications and write the adaptations
– Biting, chewing, piercing and sucking.
2. Study of digestive system of earthworm.
3. Study of nephridia of earthworm and Malpighian tubules of cockroach.
4. Study of Digestive system of cockroach, earthworm / crab.
5. Study of Nervous system of cockroach.
6. Study of heartbeat in Daphnia , effect of heavy metals / nicotine on heartbeat of Daphnia .
7. Study of Respiratory quotient (R.Q.) of cockroach.
8. Study of transport of glucose across a semi -permeable membrane (egg membrane).
Practical 2: PSZOPHY3P2
1. Determination of activities of digestive enzymes viz. amylase, trypsin etc. in different animals
(human saliva for amylase, Intestine of goat or chicken for trypsin).
2. Study of effect on activity of salivary/ pancreatic amylase enzyme on various factors substrate
concentration, pH, temperature, activator, inhibitor (enzyme) and determination o f Km of a
given enzyme.
3. Study of pathological report and interpretation of report with respect to human physiology
a. Renal function test
b. Liver function test
c. Stress test
d. Polycythemia
e. Various scans – X rays / CT Scan or any other scan images interpretation
4. Effect of different concentrations of sodium chloride on the diameter of RBCs and
determination of concentration isotonic to blood.
5. Determination of urea, uric acid and creatinine in blood – human / goat.
6. Determination of blood cholesterol content – human / goat.
7. Routine urine tests. Prepare a report as provided by pathological laboratory.
8. Influence of sub lethal concentration (50 -60ppm) ammonia (as liquor ammonia / ammonium
hydroxide / ammonium chloride) on a suitable fish exposed to ammonia stress for 3 / 7 / 15
days with reference to the following parameters:
a. Level of excretory ammonia
b. Level of activity of hepatic and brain glutamate dehydrogenase
c. Level of amino acid content of muscle, gill, brain and liver
Practical 3: PSZOPHY3P3
1. Observatio n of decreasing PO 2 of water on the respiratory rate of a fish.
2. Effect of decreasing PO 2 of water on lactic acid in the fish muscle.
3. Estimation of salt loss and gain in an aquatic animal when transferred to a salt free medium
and to natural medium.
4. Effect of temperature on opercula movement of suitable fish.
5. Study of effect of temperature on development of chick embryo.
6. Study of effect of electrolyte stress on angiogenesis using chick embryo.
7. Separation of plasma proteins by PAGE electrophoresis.
8. Separation of serum globulins by PAGE electrophoresis.
9. Immobilize Yeast cells in calcium alginate and prepare a bioreactor column to demonstrate
invertase activity in the bioreactor column.
Practical 4: PSZOPHY3P4
1. Performance of Ouchterlony technique t o demonstrate immune -diffusion.
2. Demonstration of single radical immune -diffusion of antibody and antigen.
3. Study of counter -current immune -electrophoresis.
4. Study of Agglutination Reaction:
a) Tube Agglutination Reaction
b) Slide Agglutination Reaction
c) Indirect Ag glutination Inhibition Reaction
5. Separation of Lymphocytes.
6. Study of Phagocytosis.
7. Identification of histological slides of lymphoid tissue:
a) Spleen
b) Thymus
c) Lymph node
d) Bone marrow
M. SC. PART 2: SEMESTER IV (THEORY)
PAPER 1: PSZOPHYN401
SYSTEMS’ PHYSIOLOGY III
Unit 1: Locomotor System (15 L)
Objectives:
To familiarize the learner with various types of locomotory structures in invertebrates.
Desired outcome:
The learner shall understand the functional and operating mechanisms of various
locomotory structures and organs in invertebrates.
1.1 Functions of locomotory organs
1.1.1 Pseudopodia
Lobopodia
Reticulopodia
Filopodia
Axopodia
1.1.2 Cilia
1.1.3 Flagella
1.1.4 Tentacles
1.1.5 Foot
1.1.6 Tube feet
1.1.7 Setae
1.2 Locomotion in Arthropods
1.2.1 Legs
1.2.2 Wings
1.3 Pyloric rhythm of the crustacean
1.4 Comparative physiology of invertebrate muscles
1.4.1 Polyneural innervation in arthropod muscle
1.4.2 Insect non -oscillatory postural muscle
1.4.3 Resonant flight and tymbal muscle in insects
1.4.4 Catch muscle and delayed relaxation
Unit 2: Physiology of Motility (15 L)
Objectives:
To familiarize the learner to intracellular and extracellular processes involved in movement
and locomotion in the vertebrates.
Desired outcome:
The learner shall discern molecular and supra -molecular structures and processes
responsible for movement and locomotion in the vertebrates.
2.1 Physiology of movement and locomotion:
2.1.1 Biochemistry of contractile proteins
2.1.2 Physiology of non -muscular contractile elements:
a) Axoplasmic movement
b) Chromosome involvement
2.1.3 Physiology of skeletal muscle fibre:
a) Actomyosin complex
b) Source of energy for muscle contraction
c) Sliding filament theory
d) Excitation of contraction and mechanism of regulation of contraction by calcium
ions
e) Mechanism of relaxation
Unit 3: Neuro Physiology (15 L)
Objectives:
To familiarize the learner to structural and functional aspects of neurophysiology.
Desired outcome:
The learner shall comprehend molecular, structural and functional dimensions of
neurophysiology in the animal kingdom.
3.1 Excitable membranes
3.1.1 Membrane potential
3.1.2 Ions as current carriers
a) Protons
b) Calcium
c) Potassium
3.1.3 structure of Cation
a) Permeable channels
b) Chloride channels
3.2 Primitive nervous system
3.2.1 Nerve nets
3.2.2 Central pattern generators in invertebrates
3.2.3 Motor control in Arthropods
3.3 Nervous tissue
3.3.1 Neurons
3.3.2 Glial cells
3.4 Integrative neurophysiology:
3.4.1 Interneurons
3.4.2 Neural circuits
3.5 Neurotransmitters
3.5.1 Acetylcholine
3.5.2 Dopamine
3.5.3 Catecholamine
3.5.4 GABA
3.5.5 ATP
3.5.6 Adrenaline
3.5.7 Noradrenaline
3.5.8 FMRF amide family
3.5.9 Neuropeptide
3.6 Central Nervous system processing
3.7 Memory and learning
3.8 Neurophysiological disorders
3.8.1 Alzheimer
3.8.2 Parkinson
3.8.3 Dementia
Unit 4: Sensory and Effector Physiology (15 L)
Objectives:
To familiarize the learner to sensory and effector systems in the animal kingdom.
Desired outcome:
The learner shall understand the organizational aspects of sensory structures at the
molecular, membrane and organ level and their functioning as transducers in reception of
sensory stimuli.
The learner shall understand physiology of effectors.
4.1 Sensory and effector system in invertebrate s
4.1.1 Specificity, membrane bound receptor system, cytosolic receptor system
4.1.2 Mechanisms of insect olfactory reception
4.1.3 Organs of Equilibrium – statocyst, insect ear
4.1.4 Habituation and sensitization in Aplysia
4.1.5 Physiological effectors – Cnidoblast, Chromatophores, Bioluminescent system
4.2 Sensory and effector system in the vertebrates:
4.2.1 Organs of Equilibrium – statocyst, internal ear of vertebrate
4.2.2 Sensory modalities of animals: Sensory coding and transduction of sensory stimuli:
a) Chemoreception (Gustation and olfaction)
b) Hygroreception
c) Thermoreception
d) Mechanoreception
e) Echolocation
f) Electroreception
g) Magnetoreception
h) Photoreception
PAPER 2: PSZOPHY402
SYSTEMS’ PHYSIOLOGY IV
Unit 1: Endocrine Physiology – I (15 L)
Objectives: To introduce to the learner various Endocrine systems in Invertebrates.
Desired outcome : The learner shall understand various molecular and structural aspects of
invertebrate endocrine systems, the effect of endocrine secretions on various life -processes and
development as well as the mecha nism of action of hormones in invertebrates.
1.1 Invertebrate endocrine system
1.1.1 Lower invertebrates in general
1.1.2 Annelids
1.1.3 Arthropods
1.1.4 Molluscs
1.1.5 Echinoderms
1.2 Hormonal action in invertebrates
1.2.1 Feed -back substance (polychetes)
1.2.2 Prothoracicotropic hormone
1.2.3 Juvenile hormone
1.2.4 Ecdysone
1.2.5 Trypsin modulating oostatic factor (TMOF)
1.2.6 Allomones
1.2.7 X and Y Organs
1.2.8 Epitracheal glands (Inka cells)
1.2.9 Methyl farnesoate (MF)
1.2.10 Gonadotropic hormone in gastropods and cephalopods
1.2.11 1- Methyl – adenine (meiosis inducing substance) endocrine disrupt ors
1.2.12 Gamete shedding substance (GSS) in Star fish
1.3 Mechanism of hormone action in invertebrates
Unit 2: Endocrine Physiology II (15 L)
Objectives:
To familiarize the learner to vertebrate endocrine cellular structures, organs and glands and
types of their secretions.
Desired outcome :
The learner shall comprehend various types of endocrine organs, glands, types of their
secretions, neurohormones; and effects of these hormones on life processes including
reproduction and development.
2.1 Introduction to Endocrine systems (Neurosecretion and classical endocrine glands) – an
overview
2.2 Synthesis and Release of Hormone, Transport and Metabolism of Hormones, Mechanism of
endocrine diseases
2.3 Mechanism of Hormone action in the vertebrates
2.4 Chordate endocrine system s
2.4.1 Hypothalamo -hypophyseal axis
2.4.2 Pineal gland
2.4.3 Thyroid gland
2.4.4 Parathyroid gland
2.4.5 Ultimobranchial gland
2.4.6 Corpuscles of stannous
2.4.7 Gastroenteropancreatic cells
2.4.8 Maunthner cells
2.4.9 Chromaffin tissues
2.4.10 Steroid hormones
2.5 Endocrine disorders due to alteration in receptor number and functions
2.6 Endocrine regulation during sex differentiation
Unit 3: Biological rhythms (15 L)
Objectives:
To introduce the learner to temporal aspects of biological systems.
Desired outcome:
The learner shall understand the various types of rhythms encountered in biological
systems and their manifestations through various activities.
3.1 Physiology of Biological Rhythms and timings:
3.1.1 Temporal organization of the cells
3.1.2 Circadian Rhythms. Synchronization of circadian rhythms
3.1.3 Dormancy in fr esh water and terrestrial animals
a) Preparatory phases
b) Induction of dormancy
c) Arousal from dormancy Entrainment and dormancy
3.1.4 Diapause in insects
a) Induction
b) Factors affecting and termination of diapause,
c) Diapause and endocrine functions
3.1.5 Photoperiodism
3.1.6 Biological clocks (circadian rhythms, lunar rhythms and circanual rhythms)
Unit 4: Physiology of Migration (15 L)
Objectives:
To familiarize the learner to various aspects of animal migration.
Desired outcome:
The learner shall be able to discern causat ive, temporal, spatial, energetic and metabolic
aspects of animal migration and its adaptive value to the migrating animal species.
4.1 Physiological stimulus of Migration
4.2 Orientation and Navigation
4.3 Energetic
4.4 Timing
4.5 Synthesis
4.6 Migration for food, reproduction, territory
4.7 Migration as factor in life cycle
4.8 Adaptations for Migration
4.9 Communication during Migration
PAPER 3: PSZOPHY403
RECENT TRENDS IN PHYSIOLOGY
Unit 1: Drug Designing & Modelling (15 L)
Objectives:
To introduce the learner to the fundamental concept of drug discovery and designing.
Desired outcome:
The learner will comprehend steps involved in discovery and identification of new potential
therapeutic molecules using combination of computational and experimental processing
drug dev elopment.
1.1 Introduction to Drug Design and Development
1.1.1 Drug Discovery as a Process
1.1.2 Target Identification and Validation
1.1.3 Target Validation and Drug Validation Practical
1.2 Drug targets
1.3 Targets: Membrane Proteins, DNA, RNA, Enzymes
1.4 Lead Identification and Modification:
1.4.1 Lead Identification and High Throughput Screening
1.4.2 Sources of active compounds, Biologics
1.5 Computer -Aided Drug Design:
1.5.1 Molecular Modelling
1.5.2 Ligand -based Drug Design
1.5.3 Structure Determination
1.5.4 Structure -based Drug Design
1.6 Drug Delivery: Bioavailabili ty, Pro -drugs and Drug Delivery
Unit 2: Clinical trials (15 L)
Objectives:
To introduce the learner to different steps involved in clinical trials.
Desired outcome:
The learner will comprehend types of clinical trials, designing of clinical trials, ethics in
clinical trials and its application in health care.
2.1 Pre-clinical Toxicology: In vivo
2.2 Pre-clinical Toxicology: In vitro
2.3 Clinical Trials: Clinical Trial Design
2.4 Ethics of Human and Animal Experimentation
2.5 Commercial Considerations in Drug Development
2.6 Introduction to artificial intelligence and its application
2.6.1 Clinical trials
2.6.2 Toxicology
2.6.3 Healthcare
Unit 3: Clinical Trial Management and Guidelines (15 L)
Objectives:
To introduce the learner to operation and management in clinical trials.
Desired outcomes:
The learner will comprehend the monitoring and regulatory affairs with defined guidelines
used in clinical trials.
3.1 Project Management; protocol in clinical research; quality assurance & clinical data
management
3.2 Informed consent; Case report form; investigator’s brochure (Ib)
3.3 Ethical and regulatory submission; roles and responsibilities of clinical research professionals
3.4 Retention of Clinical trial subjects; monitoring visits; Documentation of clinical trials
3.5 Introduction to OECD
3.5.1 Guidelines for the testing of chemicals
3.5.2 Description of the method
3.5.3 Selection of animal species
3.5.4 Housing and feeding conditions, preparation of animals for experiment, preparation of
doses
3.5.5 Administration of doses
3.5.6 Limit test and main test
3.5.7 Observations:
a) Body weight
b) Pathology
c) Data and Reporting
d) Calculation of LD50 for the main test
e) Test report
Unit 4: Stem Cell Physiology (15 L)
Objectives:
To introduce the learner to the fundamentals of stem cell physiology.
Desired outcome:
The learners shall comprehend the physiological aspects of stem cells and their functions in
homeostasis of tissues, embryonic and somatic stem cells, cancer stem cells and stem cell
therapy.
4.1 Introduction to stem cell
4.2 Differentiation, dedifferentiation and redifferentiation
4.3 Wnt Signaling pathway
4.4 Orchestrating Wnt / B-catenin signaling
4.5 Somatic and cancer stem cells
4.6 Role of stem cells in physiology, pathophysiology and therapy
4.7 Future of stem therapy as an alternative to organ transplant
PAPER 4: PSZOPHY404
INSTRUMENTATION AND PRESENTATION OF SCIENTIFIC DATA
Unit 1: Instrumentation (15 L)
Objective
To learn how to design and build instruments for laboratory measurement.
To understand fundamental principles of operation .
Desired Outcome
The learner will under stand methods for operation of instruments and data analysis.
The learner will understand how instrumentation can advance scientific research.
1.1 Centrifugation:
Principle and applications of Centrifugation
Differential and density gradient Centrifugation
1.2 Electrophoresis:
Principle
Structural components
Applications
1.3 Chromatography:
Principle and applications
Adsorption
Ion exchange
Gel permeation
Affinity
1.4 Spectrophotometer:
Principle
Applications
1.5 pH meter
Principle
Applications
1.6 Microscopy
Binocular
Trinocular
Unit 2: Presentation of Scientific data (15 L)
Objective
To aware the students for good practice in data presentation.
To aware the students to use different data presentation formats .
Desired Outcome
The students will familiarize to explain their research data by using different techniques for
presenting their scientific data.
2.1 Types of presentation:
Oral
Poster
Written
Audio -visual
Aids for presentation
2.2 Preparing the manuscript
Guidelines for authors
The IMRAD format
2.3 Title, Byline, Abstract and Summary, Keywords
2.4 Introduction:
Defining the problem
Literature survey
Justification of study
2.5 Materials and Methods:
Contents
Sources
Procedures
Techniques
Reproducibility
Significance
2.6 Results:
Text
How to present data
Tables and illustrations
Writing captions
Labels and legends
2.7 Discussion:
Components and Sequence
Analysis, Comparison and Integration of Data
Likely Sources of Errors in Results
2.8 Conclusions and significance
Unit 3: Project (30 L)
Objective
To familiarize learner for analyzing a scientific occurrence with an investigation or to solve
a problem with an invention .
Desired Outcome
Research expands the current state of knowledge (at a certain cost) of the learners.
Experimental findings that may yield new insights or lead to other research among the
learners.
1. Dissertation 60 Marks
2. Examination 50 Marks
Guidelines to the Project:
1. The Project shall include:
Title of the Project
Aims, Objectives and Rationale
Materials and Methods
Observation and / Results
Interpretation of Observation / Results and Discussion
Conclusion and / Recommendation
Relevance of Work / Justification of Work with Project title
Relevant References
2. The project must be type -written using computer and printed for binding.
3. No minimum or maximum limit of the number of pages is defined since the volume
of the proposal is dependent on the scope of the selected topic.
4. Name of the mentor may be reflected on the first page of the project along with the
student’s names.
5. The hard copy of proposal must be retained and submitted along with the
dissertation in the examination for the reference of the external examiner/s.
6. Student should prepare ind ividual power point presentation (PPT) on the project and
must present it in front of examiners at the time of examination.
7. The project will be prepared individually by students.
M. Sc. Part 2: Semester IV Practical
Practical 1: PSZOPHY4P1
1. Water and ionic regulation of freshwater animal in different osmotic media.
2. Estimation of sugar from blood plasma.
3. Extraction of glycogen from muscle and liver.
4. Estimation of liver glycogen content.
5. Preparation of glycerinated muscle fibre and study of its properties.
6. Study of nerve cells and neurosecretory cells of cockroach.
7. Study of various types of invertebrate physiological effectors.
8. Study of irritability in Paramoecium.
9. Study of different sense organs in the vertebrates.
Practical 2: PSZOPHY4P2
1. Study of hormones in invertebrates.
2. Study of endocrine gland of vertebrates.
3. Effect of insulin /adrenalin on fish scales.
4. Effect of insulin/ adrenaline on rate of heart beat in Daphnia and chick embryo.
5. Effect of light and dark phase on Drosophila .
6. Study of X a nd Y organs in crab.
7. Study of estrous cycle of rat using histological slides or photographs.
8. Study of menstrual cycle.
9. Study of migration in animals in relation to food, reproduction and environment.
10. Study of migratory routes in birds and fishes.
Practical 3: PSZOPHY4P3
1. Estimation of LC 50 or LD 50 of an organo -phosphorous pesticide on Artemia cysts.
2. Designing protocols for toxicity experiments such as acute, sub -acute toxicity, reproduction
toxicity, dermal toxicity.
3. Determination of pesticide residues in soil or water.
4. Effect of administration of carbon tetra chloride in rat/mice with reference to the following
parameters:
a) Total lipid and free fatty acid content of liver
b) Free fatty acid content of plasma
c) Level of activity of the follo wing enzymes:
i. AspAT
ii. AlaAT
iii. AICP
iv. ACP
v. LDH
vi. SDH
5. Study of stem cells in animals.
6. Visit to an animal house/clinical trial laboratory. Prepare a report on its role and
significance.
Practical 4: PSZOPHY4P4
The practical of Semester 4 paper 4 comprises the Research Project for which students will have
to take up a particular topic based on which they will be doing research applying the ethics of
research, methods and methodology, etc. They are expected to abide rules of Scientific Research
and if possible de rive at a conclusion for the same. This will help the learners to build a strong
foundation for pursuing research. Learners will acquaint about preparation of lay out, structure and
language of typical reports, illustrations and tables. Learners will gain l knowledge about how to
write bibliography, referencing and footnotes in reports and thesis or in research articles.
Further, learners will be oriented to presentation of data through effective communication with the
help of advanced visual technology. In addition to that they will be aware about the application of
results, environmental impacts, conservation of biodiversity, ethical issues and ethical committees.
The practical should be organized in such a manner that learners can be trained to manage lar ge
data sets generated via multiple observations, arrange them in a proper format and present them
in relevant graphs/charts by adopting a hands -on in silico approach.
References
1) A. G. Giese: “Cell Physiology” (3rd Ed) Saunders, Toppan
2) Gerald Karp: “Cell Biology” McGraw Hill Kogakusha Ltd.
3) Biology of Animals --- Cleveland P. Hickman JR Larryds. Roberts
4) Darnell, Loddish, Baltimore: “Molecular Cell Biology” Scientific American Books.
5) C. A. Keil, E. Neil & E.N. Joeb (1982): “Samson Wright, Applie d Physiology” Oxford Univ. \
Press.
6) R. Eckert & D. Randall (1982): “Animal Physiology: 2nd Ed.” W. H. Freeman & Co.
7) W. A. Hoar (1982): “General & Comparative Animal Physiology 3rd Ed.” Prentice Hall Inc.
8) C. L. Prosser (1973): “Comparative Animal Physiology ” W. B. Saunders.
9) C. Ladd Prosser Ed. (1991): “Neural & Integrative Animal Physiology” “Comparative Animal
Physiology”, 4th Ed. Wileg – Liss Publ.
10) C. Ladd Prosser Ed. (1991): “Environmental & Metabolic Animal Physiology” “Comparative
Animal Physiology” 4th Ed. Wileg – Liss Publ.
11) Withers, P.C. (1983): “Comparative Animal Physiology” International Ed. Saunders College
Publishing.
12) K. Schmidt – Niel (1983): “Animal Physiology: Adaptation & Environmental” 3rd Ed.
Cambridge Univ. Press.
13) R. W. Hill (1978): “Comparative Physiology of Animals – An Environmental Approach” Harper
& Row Publ.
14) P. W. Hochachka& G. M. Somero (1973): “Strategies of Biochemical Adaptation”.
15) J. G. Philips (1975): “Environmental Physiology” Blackwell Scientific Publ.
16) J. R. Bernstein (19 72): “Biochemical Responses to Environmental Stress” Academic Press
17) Harold Harper: “Review of Physiology Chemistry” 4th Ed. Maruzen Asian Ed. Lang Medical
Publ
18) OECD guideline for testing of chemicals - https://www.oecd -ilibrary.org/environment/test -no-
425-acute -oral-toxicity -up-and-down -procedure_9789264071049 -en
19) Kerns, E.H.; Di, L. Drug -Like Properties: Concepts, Structure Design and Methods: from
ADME to Toxicity Optimization, Academic Press, Oxford, 2008
20) Burger’s Medicinal Chemistry and Drug Dis covery, 5th Edition, Vol. 1. Principles and
21) Practice, edited by M. E. Wolff, John Wiley & Sons: New York, 1995.
22) Principles of Medicinal Chemistry, 4th Edition, edited by W.O. Foye, T.L. Lemke, and
23) D. A. Williams, Williams and Wilkins: Philadelphia, 1995
24) Artificial intelligence – a modern approach, third edition, Stuart J. Russell and Peter Norvig,
Pearson India Education services pvt. Ltd. 2015
25) Animal Physiology ------Samson &Writy
26) Animal Physiology ------Nelsion&Nelsion
27) Animal Physiology ------Medical Physiology -Guiton
28) Text book of Animal Physiology ------Nagbhushenen
29) Text book of Animal Physiology ------Geise
30) Text book of Animal Physiology ------A.K. Berry
31) Essentials Of Research Methodology and Dissertation Writing” by Yelikar
32) A Practical Approach to Pg Dissertation” by B Gitanjali and R Raveendran
33) Synopsis Dissertation And Research To Pg Students” by Prabhakara
34) A Practical Approach to Postgraduate Dissertation” by Raveendran
35) Exercise Physiology – Theory and Applications to fitness and performance, Scott K. Powers
and Edward T. Howley, 10th edition, McGraw Hill Publication, 2015
36) Textbook of Endocrine Physiology -----James E. Griffin and Sergio R. Ojeda, Oxford
University
37) Handbook of Neuroendocrinology --- Mandal A.(1994). EMKY Publication
38) Comparative Endocrinology of the Invertebrates -- Kenneth C. Highnam
39) Invertebrate Endocrinology ------ Tambhare D.B. (2012), Himalaya Publication
40) Invertebrate Endocrinology ------ Tombes, Academic Press.
41) Insect Endocrinology ---- Lawrence I Gilbert, Academic Press
42) Sharma V.K. (1991) - Techniques in microscopy and cell biology, Tata-McGrawHill.
43) Bisen & Mathew - Tools and Techniques in Life Sciences – CBS Publishers &
distributors.
44) Robert Braun - Introduction to Instrumental Analysis. McGraw Hill International Editions
45) Wilson and Walker – Principles and Techniques of Pr actical Biochemistry.
Cambridge Univ.Press.
46) C. R. Kothari – Research Methodology, Methods and Techniques. Wiley Eastern Ltd.
Mumbai.
University of Mumbai
M.Sc. ZOOLOGY (Animal Physiology) Semester III and
Semester IV EXAMINATIONS
Modality of Assessment
A. Internal Assessment 40%
Sr. No. Evaluation type Total Marks
1 One Assignments / Case study 25
2 Active participation in routine class instructional deliveries 05
3 Attendance – (0-25% = 0 marks, 25 -50% = 1mark, 50 -75% =
3 marks and 75 -100%= 5 marks) 05
4 Overall conduct as a responsible student, manners, skill in
articulation, leadership qualities demonstrated through
organizing co ‐curricular, etc. 05
B. External Assessment 60%
a. Semester End Examination 60 Marks
Duration – These examinations shall be of two and half hours duration for each
paper.
Theory Question Paper Pattern:
There shall be five questions each of 12 marks. On each unit there will be one
question and the first one will be based on entire syllabus.
All questions shall be compulsory with internal choice within the questions.
Each question will be of 18 to 30 marks with options.
Question may be subdivided into sub questions a, b, c… and the allocation of
marks depend on the weightage of the topic.
b. Practicals: 50 Marks
c. Project in Semester IV: Internal Examination 40 Marks
Dissertation: 60 Marks
External Evaluation: 50 Marks
*Note - The practicals may be conducted by using specimens authorized by the wild life
and such other regulating a uthorities though it is strongly recommended that the same
should be taught by using photographs / audio -visual aids / simulations / models etc. as
recommended by the UGC and as envisaged in the regulation of the relevant monitoring
bodies. No new specimen s, however, shall be procured for the purpose of conducting
practicals mentioned here -in above.
N.B:
I) It is pertinent to note that we have to adhere strictly to the directions as given in the UGC
Circular F14 -4/2006 (CPP -II).
II) Apart from the Institutional A nimal Ethics Committee (IAEC) and any other Committee
appointed by a Competent Authority / Body from time to time, every college should constitute the
following Committees:
1) A Committee for the Purpose of Care and Supervision of Experimental Animals
(CPCSEA ) and
2) A Dissection Monitoring Committee (DMC) to ensure that no dissections are done.
Composition of DMC shall be as follows:
i) Head of the Concerned Department (Convener / Chairperson)
ii) Two Senior Faculty Members of the concerned Department
iii) One Faculty of related department from the same College
iv) One or two members of related department from neighbouring colleges.
Use of animals for any experiment / dissection /mounting is banned. Simulations,
authorized permanent specimens / slides, charts, models and othe r innovative
methods are encouraged.
University of Mumbai
M.Sc. ZOOLOGY ( Animal Physiology ) Paper Pattern of
Semester III (Papers 1, 2, 3, 4) / IV (Papers 1, 2, 3) Examination
Maximum Marks: 60 Duration: 2.5 Hours Marks Option: 90
Question 1 . Based on Unit I to IV (Mixed Questions)
Question 2. Based on Unit I
Question 3. Based on Unit II
Question 4. Based on Unit III
Question 5. Based on Unit IV
Instructions:
a. All questions are compulsory.
b. All questions carry equal marks.
c. Draw neat and labelled diagrams wherever necessary.
1. Answer any four questions from the following: (Based on all 4 Units) (12)
a)
b)
c)
d)
e)
f)
2. Answer any two questions from the following: (Based on Unit I) (12)
a)
b)
c)
3. Answer any two questions from the following: (Based on Unit II) (12)
a)
b)
c)
4. Answer any two questions from the following: (Based on Unit III) (12)
a)
b)
c)
5. Answer any two questions from the following: (Based on Unit IV) (12)
a)
b)
c)
Semester IV Examination
Paper IV: Instrumentation and Presentation of Scientific data
Internal (Theory) Paper Pattern of PSZO PHY404
Maximum Marks: 40 Duration: 1.15 Hours Marks Option: 60
Instructions:
a. All questions are compulsory.
b. Draw neat and labeled diagrams wherever necessary.
1. Fill in the blank by choosing the correct option given in the brackets (Based on both Units) Four
sub-questions from each unit. (08)
2. Answer any two questions from the following: (Based on Unit I) (16)
a)
b)
c)
3. Answer any two questions from the following: (Based on Unit II) (16)
a)
b)
c)
Skeleton of Practical Examination Question Paper
Practical Paper 1: PSZOPHY3P1
Time: 10:00 am to 3:00 pm Total Marks: 50
1. Major Question 18
Dissect Earthworm / Crab / Cockroach so as to expose its digestive system.
OR
Dissect Cockroach so as to expose its Nervous system.
2. Minor question
Demonstrate the transport of glucose across semi -permeable membrane (egg membrane).
09
OR
Demonstrate the effect of suitable toxicant (heavy metal / nicotine) on the heartbeat of
Daphnia .
09
OR
Calculate the respiratory quotient of cockroach with the help of respirometer.
09
3. Identify and mention the parts of invertebrate excretory organs. (Any two) 07
4. Identification
Identify the insect mouth parts with respect to their modifications and adaptations. (Two spots).
06
5. Viva- voce. 05
6. Journal. 05
Practical 2: PSZOPHY3P2
Time: 10:00 am to 3:00 pm Total Marks: 50
1. Major question 18
Determination of activities of Amylase / Trypsin from suitable source (human saliva for
amylase, Intestine of goat or chicken for trypsin) and Determination of Km of a given enzyme.
OR
Determination of effect of pH / Temperature / Activator / Inhibitor on the activity of salivary /
pancreatic amylase enzyme.
OR
Determination of isotonic concentration to blood by studying the effect of different
concentrations of sodium chloride on the diameter of RBCs.
OR
Show the influence of sublethal concentration of ammonia (50 -60 ppm) on suitabl e fish
exposed to ammonia stress for 3/7 days with reference the following parameters:
i. Level of excretory ammonia 08
ii. Level of activity of hepatic and brain glutamate dehydrogenase. 10
OR
ii. Level of amino acid content of muscle / gill / brain / liver. 10
2. Determine the cholesterol / urea / uric acid / creatinine content in the given blood sample. 08
3. Prepare a report from the given
Parameters of routine test: renal function/liver function/ Stress test/Polycyt hemia/ urine. 12
OR
X-ray / CT scan images. Interpret the result and submit the report. 12
4. Viva- voce. 05
5 Journal. 05
Practical 3: PSZOPHY3P3
Time: 10:00 am to 3:00 pm Total Marks: 50
1. Major question 18
Set up an experiment to demonstrate the effect of decreasing PO 2 of water on the respiratory
rate of a fish / lactic acid content of fish muscle. Compare it with control fish and submit the
report.
OR
Estimate the salt loss and salt gain in an aquatic animal when it is transferred to a salt free and
natural medium.
2. Minor question
a) Separate from the given sample serum globulin / plasma proteins by PAGE electrophoresis.
12
b) Demonstrate the
movement of fish. effect of temperature on development of chick embryo / opercula
10
3. Viva-voce. 05
4. Journal. 05
Practical 4: PSZOPHY3P4
Time: 10:00 am to 3:00 pm Total Marks: 50
1. Major question
Demonstration of immune -diffusion by Ouchterlony technique. 18
OR
Demonstration of single radial immune -diffusion of antigen and antibody.
OR
Demonstration of counter current immune electrophoresis.
2. Minor question
a) Study of phagocytosis / Separation of lymphocytes. 09
b) Perform Agglutination Reaction: Tube Agglutination Reaction / Slide Agglutination Reaction
/ Indirect Agglutination Inhibition Reaction. Submit a report. 07
3. Identify lymphoid tissue and lymph node/bone marrow. (Any two slides) 06
4. Viva- voce. 05
5. Journal. 05
Practical 4: PSZOPHY4P1
Time: 10:00 am to 3:00 pm Total Marks: 50
1. Major question 18
a) Demonstrate water and ionic regulation in the given freshwater fish in different osmotic
media. (Any 3 media).
OR
b) Estimate the blood sugar level / liver glycogen in the given sample. Interpret the result and
submit the report.
2. Prepare a setup to show the properties of glycerinated muscle fibre. 10
3. Identification:
a) Sense organs (vertebrates)
b) Physiological effectors (invertebrates) 12
4. Viva- voce. 05
5. Journal. 05
Practical 4: PSZOPHY4P2
Time: 10:00 am to 3:00 pm Total Marks: 50
1. Major Question 18
Set up an experiment to demonstrate the effect of insulin / adrenaline on rate of heartbeat In
Daphnia . Compare with control Daphnia and submit the report.
OR
Set up an experiment to show the effect of light and dark phase on Drosophila . Submit the
report.
2. Identification: 12
a) The endocrine glands (vertebrates) and
b) The hormones (inver tebrates)
OR
From the given data identify the migratory routes birds / fishes. Interpret the reason for
migration.
3. Identify stage of: 10
a) estrous cycle
b) menstrual cycle
4. Viva voce. 05
5. Journal. 05
Practical 4: PSZOPHY4P3
Time: 10:00 am to 3:00 pm Total Marks: 50
1. Major Question
Show the toxicity effect of carbon tetra chloride in rat / mice with reference to the following
parameters: 18
Level of enzyme activity:
i. AspAT and AlAT
ii. ACP / ALP, SDH, LDH
OR
a) Total lipid and free fatty acid content of liver. 09
b) Free fatty acid content of plasma. 09
2. Design protocol for toxicity experiment from the data provided.
a) Acute and sub -acute toxicity
b) Reproduction toxicity
c) Dermal toxicity 12
3. Submit a report of visit to animal house/clinical trial laboratory and viva based on it. 10
4. Viva voce. 05
5. Journal. 05
Practical 4: PSZOPHY4P4
Evaluation of Project: 60 Marks
1. Title of the Project (01)
2. Aim, Objectives and Rationale (04)
3. Materials and Methods (05)
4. Observations and / Results (10)
5. Interpretation of Observations / Results and Discussion (10)
6. Conclusion and / Recommendation (10)
7. Relevant work / Justification of work with Project title (10)
8. Relevant References (05)
9. Certified Dissertation (05)
External Evaluation: 50 Marks
1. Content of Presentation (10)
2. Quality of Presentation (10)
3. Presentation Skill (10)
4. Quality of Work (10)
5. Viva based on Proposal / Question Answer Session (10)
M.Sc. Part II (Semester III and Semester IV): Zoology ( Entomology ) Syllabus
Committee Members
Dr. Nisar Shaikh
Chairman,
G. M. Momin Women’s College,
Bhiwandi, Dist. Thane, Maharashtra. Dr. Suvarna Rawal
Convener,
B. N. N. College, Dhamankar Naka,
Bhiwandi, Dist. Thane – 421 305
Dr. Vaishali Somani
Maharshi Dayanand College of Arts, Science
and Commerce,
Dr. Rao Road,
Parel, Mumbai – 400 012 Dr. Shailesh S. Bhaisare
Loknete Gopinath Munde Arts, Commerce
and Science College,
Bankot Road, at. Po. Tal . Mandangad ,
Dist. Ratnagiri, Pin – 415 203
CONTENTS
1. Preface
2. Preamble
3. Pedagogy
4. Tables of Courses, Topics, Credits and Workload
5. Theory Syllabus for Semester III
(Course codes: PSZOENT301 - PSZOENT304)
6. Practical Syllabus for Semester III
(Course codes: PSZOENT3P1 - PSZOENT3P4)
7. References
(Course codes: PSZOENT301 - PSZOENT304)
8. Theory Syllabus for Semester IV
(Course codes: PSZOENT401 - PSZOENT404)
9. Practical Syllabus for Semester IV
(Course codes: PSZOENT4P1 - PSZOENT4P4)
10. References
(Course codes: PSZOENT401 - PSZOENT404)
11. Marking Scheme of Examination (Theory and Practical)
12. Skeleton Papers: Semester III and Semester IV
PREFACE
The main objective of reconstructing the Post Graduate sy llabus of Zoology for Semester III and
Semester IV is to provide global level advanced and skill oriented deep knowledge to the
stakeholders which is currently needed for their survival. The current research and teaching in
Zoology includes div erse aspects with a balance of organismic and reductionist biology. I t offers
teaching and research progr ams in the diverse areas, such as, Animal Physiology, Entomology,
Fish Biology, Immunology, Developmental Biology, Cell Signaling, Cell Biology, Radiation Biology,
Reproductive Biology, Endocrinology, Genomics, Metagenom ic, Cancer Biology, etc. Our vision is
to provide Global Knowledge in education, training & research in the field of Zoology where
teaching and research encrust detailed understanding from microbes to human. The broad skills
and deeper knowledge in the fie ld would make them highly successful and excellent researcher in
advanced areas of research in the Biological sciences .
Therefore, the Board of Study in Zoology aims to impart holistic understanding of Zoology by
“redefining Zoology” to students of every age so that they develop interest in Science. It also aims
to develop teaching and research programs t hat have relevance to society and employability. The
M.Sc. program is being revised under CBCS scheme of UGC to meet the expectations of
students .
To kee p all of the above factors in mind, this syllabus was developed by the curriculum committee
of Mentors, subject experts from other Universities and dedicated teachers. Their major role was
to abridge, grow, augment and give a forward bearing to Zoology tau ght in undergraduate
curriculum, with projections to future requirements. They have successfully completed this
colossal task. I congratulate them .
Dr. Deelip L. Bharmal
Chairman Board of Studies in Zoology University of Mumbai
PREAMBLE
I am extremely h appy to present this new syllabus of Semester III and Semester IV to the
teachers and students of Post Graduate Course in Zoology of the specializations, Oceanography
and Fishery Technology, Entomology, Endocrinology, Animal Physiology and Environmental
Science. While constructing the syllabus, the relevant inputs have been considered from Mentors,
subject experts from various fields of other Universities, teachers and stakeholders to make it
more effective .
An attempt has been made to make post graduate c ourses competitive and on par with global
standards, as per the directives of University Grant Commission for the implementation of choice
based credit system. Hence as per the guideline of UGC the present syllabus is made more
interesting with new, innova tive topics as per need of the current situation of the world and
stakeholders.
The M.Sc. Zoology program provides an appropriate blend of classical and applied aspects of the
subject. This newly designed curriculum will allow students to acquire skills i n handling scientific
instruments planning and performing in the laboratory and exercising critical judgment,
independent thinking and problem solving skills.
The utmost care has taken to declare the final syllabus well in advance to enable the teachers t o
make preparations before commencement of the academic year and facilitating students to
execute their right to know the details before admissions.
The draft of Syllabus was approved in meeting of the Board of Studies in Zoology held on 10th
March 2020, and it was unanimously resolved to implement the revised syllabus of Zoology at
M.Sc. Semester ‐III and IV and make it effective from the Academic Year 2020 ‐2021 after approval
from concerned authorities of the University.
The success of this revamped syll abus will depend totally on the enthusiasm and interest shown
by the stakeholders.
Dr. Nisar Shaikh
Chairman, M.Sc. Part II
Syllabus Committee
PEDAGOGY
The course PSZOENT301 ‘Taxonomy, Phylogeny and Diversity of Insects’ introduces the
learner to the f ascinating world of insect classification. The learner will get oriented to topics such
as extinct insects, basics of insect taxonomy and useful keys. Photographic documentation during
field visits and observations of museum collections will be helpful to generate interest in
taxonomy. The practical course will equip the learner to designate the observed insect to i ts
respective order and family and also understand the basic morphology of head, thorax, abdomen
and the related appendages in some commonly oc curring insects. It will also give an opportunity
to prepare dichotomous keys for understanding classification of insects. Field visits to forests,
agricultural systems, gardens, aquatic ecosystems and household areas will enable the learner to
understand insect diversity and classify them using the characteristics of respective orders and
families. The learners can also visit place that have taxonomic databases available for
classification studies. Activities like butterfly walks can be conducted to gen erate interest in
taxonomy. Web -based field guide can be developed to classify the insects recorded during field
visits. The information about simple mobile based apps can be shared to increase motivation. This
course will also allow the learner to understand basic morphology of head, thorax, abdomen and
the related appendages in some commonly occurring insects .
The course PSZOENT302 ‘Insect Anatomy and Physiology’ will help develop a strong
foundation in Entomology, including understandin g of the importance of insects ’ anatomy and
physiology. This course will assist in understanding of the anatomical and physiological similarities
and differences in various systems of insects like digestive, respiratory, reproductive, nervous , etc.
Learners will get familiar w ith external and internal features of insects . The course will help in
understand ing moulting and sclerotization process , and integument formation in insects. Practical
aspects of this course could be undertaken through observation of various system found in locally
available insects in laboratory level, observation of life cycle of various insects that can be cultured
in the laboratory as per the ethical permission granted or teachers are expected to show the video
clips, photographs for the understanding of the topics .
The course PSZOENT303 It is crucial time to explore scientifically the useful insects like lac
insects, silk moths and honey bees in our country. Student community shall be given enough
academic support to get indulged in bio -industries viz , lac -culture, sericulture and apiculture.
Although, we are recognized as one of the leading nation in lac export, we have not generalized
its natural products up to the high level. It may be due to lack of practical approach towards
exploitation of these short lived insects. Credit / Choice based grading system offers wide scope
to study use of renewable natural resources like lac moths and silk moths which adds to the
national income. Worldwide insects as versatile living being form food in China, primary consumer
or secondary consumer in ecosystems, major p ollinators in agriculture, seri culture and
horticulture. As an interdisciplinary trend, flesh flies life cycles enable us to investigate the time of
death of an individual. So , forensic science also dep ends on such insects.
The course PSZOENT304 Biological vectors like, Glossina, Phlebotomus , Anopheles, Culex,
Aedes , Xenopsylla, Periplaneta, Musca species are well elaborated with reference to avoid
transmission of dreadful diseases , the learners are exp ected to familiarize with this. The nature of
damaged caused by stored grain and agricultural insect pests shall be main concerned of
teaching which would probably be useful to take serious preventive and curative action against
pests. Usually , insect -pests and bio -vectors population sh ould be checked by employing
Integrated Pest Managemen t (IPM) . Pest control agencies should be strictly warned not to use
chlorinated carbon compounds to stop bio -magnifications and avoid subsequent ill effects on
member of other trophic levels in the food chain. Lastly it is advisable to search for government
and non -government funding agencies viz, DIC, NABARD, N ationalized Banks which offers
subsidized loans for agriculture supporting projects. To understand, commercializa tion of bio -
industrial projects, feasibility report shall be well understood. Students could be trained practically
to establish ‘butterfly garden’ in metropolitan cities .
The course PSZOENT401 introduces the learners to classification, habit, life histor y, damage and
control of insect pests of agriculture, and related to medical and veterinary importance. Interaction
with local farmers and visit to agricultural areas will give better understanding of the life cycle of
such agricultural pests and the contr ol measures. Visit to cattle farm, horse stables and veterinary
clinics and hospitals will be helpful to understand the damage caused and the treatment followed.
The practical course will include the study of damage causing stages of these pests using suit able
specimen or photographs . The practical course includes equip the learner to identify the
economically important pests from household, agriculture, forest, medical and veterinary field. The
damage causing stages of these pests can be studied from suita ble specimen or photographs.
The course PSZOENT402 has developed a strong foundation in entomology, including
understanding of the importance of insects to human society. T he learners expected to familiarize
with identification of insect pests, vectors an d their control methods. This course also provides
sufficient background for those students who wish to study more advanced entomological aspects.
In unit 1 learner will be able to understan d the various forest pests with respect to life cycle, nature
of damage and control measures. Unit 2, Forensic Entomology, learner will be able to understand
the role of insects in crime investigation. In unit 3 and Unit 4 included basic principle of insect pest
control such as chemical, biological and its application an d limitations. The knowledge of these
topics will set up ideal base for learners to move in to field of applied entomology for their interest.
Teacher sho uld arrange a visit to nearby F orest ar ea, Fo rensic lab, Insect Museum , BNHS or ZSI
etc. so that learn ers expected to understand the theoretical approach in much better way .
The course PSZOENT403 deals with new avenues of subject Entomology of modern time in
present scenario. Objective this course is to make the students in the entrepreneur approach.
Toda y’s time the insects are used as Medicine, Ornamental Entomology creates interest to
visualize insects in attractive way s. In the light of insect weapon , learners will be familiarized with
this new avenue. Biotechnology aspects, insect genomic an insect pr oteomic are advanced fields
where the insects are studied in molecular level. Learners are expected to know this field, too.
Computer based tool are also new avenue thereby learners are exposed on the light of
Bioinformatics with reference to insect world.
The course PSZO ENT404 consists of Instrumentations and Presentation of Scientific data which
help the students to choose suitable measuring instruments for their applications and
understanding of limitations, principles and measurement errors. The studen ts will aware the
efficiency of the instruments. Similarly the course also has the unit of presentation of scientific
data. Text, tables, and graphs for data and information presentation are very powerful
communication tools. They can make scientific repor t easy to understand, attract and sustain the
interest of beneficiary.
Convener and Committee Members
M. Sc. II Zoology Syllabus
Choice Based Credit System
To be implemented from the Academic Year 2020 -2021
Entomology : Semester III
Course Name
and Code Unit Topic Headings Credit Lecture/
Week College
Assessment
Internal University
Assessment
External
Paper I:Taxonomy, Phylogeny and Diversity of Insects
PSZOENT301 1 Introduction, History and
Classification of Insects up to
Families
4 1
40
60
2 Hemimetabola (Pterygota) 1
3 Holometabola - I 1
4 Holometabola - II 1
Paper II: Insects Anatomy and Physiology
PSZOENT302 1 The Integument, Digestive
System and Muscles
4 1
40
60 2 Respiration, Circulation and
Excretion 1
3 Nervous system, Sense
organs and Endocrine system 1
4 Reproduction 1
Paper III: Insects Preservation, Genetics, Type study and Sericulture
PSZOENT303 1 Insects Collection,
Preservation and Culture
4 1
40
60 2 Insect Genetics – Drosophila 1
3 Type animal – Butterfly 1
4 Industrial Entomology:
Sericulture 1
Paper IV: Insects Ecology and Economic Insects
PSZOENT304 1 Useful Insects of Economic
Importance
4 1
40
60 2 Insects in Relation to other
Organ isms 1
3 Insect Ecology – I 1
4 Insect Ecology – II 1
Total 16 16 160 240
Practicals
PSZO ENT3P1 Practicals based on PSZO ENT301 2 4 – 50
PSZO ENT3P2 Practicals based on PSZO ENT302 2 4 – 50
PSZO ENT3P3 Practicals based on PSZO ENT303 2 4 – 50
PSZO ENT3P4 Practicals based on PSZO ENT304 2 4 – 50
Total 8 16 – 200
Grant Total 24 32 160 440
Entomology : SEMESTER IV
Course Name
and Code Unit Topic Headings Credit Lecture/
Week College
Assessment
Internal University
Assessment
External
Paper I: Agriculture, Medical and Veterinary Entomology
PSZOENT401 1 Agricultural Entomology – I
4 1
40
60 2 Agricultural Entomology – II 1
3 Medical Entomology 1
4 Veterinary Entomology 1
Paper II: Forest, Forensic Entomol ogy and Insect Toxicology
PSZOENT402 1 Forest Entomology
4 1
40
60 2 Forensic Entomology 1
3 Insect Control and Toxicology
– I 1
4 Insect Control and Toxicology
– II 1
Paper III: Neo -Entomology, Computational Entomology and Insects Biotechnology
PSZOENT403 1 Neo-avenues in Entomology
4 1
40
60 2 Insect Biotechnology and
Molecular Biology – I 1
3 Insect Biotechnology and
Molecular Biology – II 1
4 Insect Bioinformatics 1
Paper IV: Instrumentation an d Presentation of Scientific data
PSZO ENT404 1 Instrumentation
2 1
40
60 2 Presentation of Scientific data 1
3 Project 2 2
Total 16 16 160 240
Practicals
PSZO ENT4P1 Practicals based on PSZO ENT401 2 4 – 50
PSZO ENT4P2 Practicals based on PSZO ENT402 2 4 – 50
PSZO ENT4P3 Practicals based on PSZO ENT403 2 4 – 50
PSZO ENT4P4 Practicals based on PSZO ENT404 2 4 – 50
Total 8 16 – 200
Grant Total 24 32 160 440
M. Sc. Part 2: Semester III (Theory)
PAPER 1: PSZO ENT301
TAXONOMY, PHYLOGENY AND DIVERSITY OF INSECTS
Unit 1 : Introduction, History and Classification of insects up to families (15 L)
Objective:
To introduce learners to the field of Entomology and the basics of Insect Classification.
Desired outcome:
The learner will be able t o understand the basic Taxonomic keys and its use for
Classification of insects.
1.1 Introduction to Entomology
1.2 History of Insect Classification
1.3 Extinct Insects
1.4 Taxonomic Keys of Identification
1.5 Classification of insects up to fami lies: Ametabola (Apterygota) – Thysanura, Diplura, Protura,
Collembola
Unit 2: Hemimetabola (Pterygota ) (15 L)
(Classification of insects up to families)
Objective :
To familiarize learners to the classification of Hemimetabola .
Desired outcome :
The learner will be able to classify the important orders of insects from Hemimetabola and
understand the characteristics of important families with examples.
2.1 Ephemeroptera, Odonata, Plecoptera, Grylloblattoidea
2.2 Orthoptera, Phasmida, Derm aptera, He teroptera, Hemiptera
2.3 Embioptera, Blattaria, Manto idea, Isoptera
2.4 Zoraptera, Pscoptera, Siphunculata
Unit 3: Holometabola – I (15 L)
(Classification of insects up to families)
Objective :
To familiarize learne rs to classification of insects from Holometabola.
Desired outcome :
The learner will be made aware of the characteristics of some important orders of
Holometabola and their important families with suitable examples .
3.1 Thysanoptera, Neuroptera, Mecoptera
3.2 Trichoptera, Strepsiptera, Siphunculata
Unit 4: Holometabola – II (15 L)
(Classification of insects up to families)
Objective :
To familiarize learners to classification of insects from Holometabola.
Desired outcome :
The learner will be aware of the characteristics of four important orders of Holometabola
and their important families with suitable examples .
4.1 Diptera
4.2 Coleoptera
4.3 Lepidoptera
4.4 Hymenopt era
PAPER 2: PSZO ENT302
INSECT ANATOMY AND PHYSIOLOGY
Unit 1: The Integument, Digestive System and Muscles (15 L)
Objective:
To familiarize the learners with external and internal features such as digestive system of
insects .
Desir ed outcome:
The unit would allow learners to study about structure and physiology of integument,
digestive system and muscle structure in insects .
1.1 Integument
1.1.1 Structure of Integument
1.1.2 Physiology of Integument – Moulting and Sclerotization
1.1.3 Function of Inte gument
1.2 Digestive System
1.2.1 The Alimentary Canal and Associated Glands
1.2.2 Digestion and Absorption
1.2.3 Filter Chamber
1.3 Insect Muscles
1.3.1 Structure of Muscles
1.3.2 Muscle Physiology – Contraction and Relaxation
Unit 2: Respiration, Circulation and Excretion (15 L)
Objective:
To familiarize the learners with various systems such as respiration, circulation and
excretion in insects .
Desired Outcome:
Learners will be able to grasp the concept s of respiratory system and its mechanism,
parasitic and aquatic respiration , physiology of circulation, haemocytes , excretory system in
insect s, Malpighian body and osmoregulation.
2.1 Respiratory System
2.1.1 Structure of Tracheal system
2.1.2 Types of Tracheal system
2.1.3 Mechanism of Respiration: Gaseous Exchange in Tracheal system
2.1.4 Respiration in Parasitic and Aquatic Respiration
2.2 Circulation
2.2.1 Structure of Circulatory system, Haemocoel, the dorsal vessel, Accessory Pulsatile
organs
2.2.2 Haemolymph – Composition and function
2.2.3 Haemocytes – Structure and function
2.2.4 Mechanism of circulation
2.3 Excreti on
2.3.1 Excretory system structure of Malpighian Tubules
2.3.2 Physiology of Excretion and Osmoregulation
Unit 3: Nervous system, Sense organs and Endocrine system (15 L)
Objective:
To familiarize learner s with nervous system, sense organs and endocrine system of
insect s.
Desired outcome:
Learner s would acquire knowledge of physiology of nervous system and endocrine glands
and their function.
Learner s will gain information about insect sense organs their structure and function.
3.1 Nervous system
3.1.1 Central Nervous system (CNS)
3.1.2 Peripheral Nervous system (PNS)
3.1.3 Autonomic Nervous system (ANS) , Physiology and Neurobio -chemistry
3.2 Sense organs
3.2.1 Photoreceptor
3.2.2 Mechanoreceptor
3.2.3 Audio receptor
3.2.4 Effectors organ - sound producing organ and light producing organ
3.3 Structure of Endocrine system
3.3.1 Endocrine system: str ucture, histology and function, mechanism of secretion
3.3.2 Chemical structure of Hormones, their synthesis and mode of action
3.3.3 Hormonal Regulation metamorphosis and diapauses
Unit 4: Reproduction (15 L)
Objective:
To familiarize students with insect reproduction.
Desired outcome:
Learner s will acquir e the knowledge of reproduct ion, development of insect, structure of
larvae, pupae and adults.
4.1 Structure of Male Reproductive system
4.2 Structure of Female Reproductive system
4.3 Physiology of reproduction
4.4 Embryonic development
4.4.1 Egg
4.4.2 Cleavage
4.4.3 Blastoderm formation
4.4.4 Gastrulation and Growth of Germ layer
4.5 Types of Larvae and Pupae
PAPER 3: PSZO ENT303
INSECTS PRESERVATION, GENETICS,
TYPE STUDY AND SERICULTURE
Unit 1: Insects Collection, Preservation and Culture (15 L)
Objective:
To introduce branches of applied entomology and industrial entomology sericulture.
Desired outcome:
It will help in learning Insects preservation techniques and also insect culture techniques.
It will help in learning about versatile role of insect s in Indian economy .
1.1 Insect Collection
1.1.1 Equipment for collection of Insect
1.1.2 Insect collection kit :
a) Killing bottles
b) Aspirator (Suction Bottle)
c) Suction tube (Pooter)
d) Insect or butterfly Net
e) Beating Tray
f) Light Trap, Sticky trap, Water trap, Pit fall trap, Pond trap
g) Insect setting board
h) Cards (Triangula r, Rectangular)
i) Hand lens
j) Pen knife or scalpel, scissors, forceps
k) Notebook and pencil
l) Small brushes, stoppered tubes and insect pins (Entomological pins)
1.2 Methods of Insect collection
1.2.1 Handpicking
1.2.2 Use of Insect or butterfly net
1.2.3 Sweeping
1.2.4 Beating
1.2.5 Trapping – Light traps, Sticky traps, Water traps, Pitfall traps, Bait sand bai t traps
1.2.6 Pond Net
1.2.7 Insects collection from debris
1.2.8 Transferring to containers - getting the insects out of the net
1.2.9 Killing of Insects: Killing bottles, Pinching, Injecting, Hot water
1.3 Insect Preservation
1.3.1 Temporary storage
1.3.2 Permanent preservation
a) Direct pining
b) Carding, Triangle carding or pointing
c) micro pinning or staging
d) Setting or spreading
e) Labeling
1.3.3 Liquid Preservation technique for soft bodies Insects
1.3.4 Mounting - preparation of permanen t slides
a) Maceration
b) Dehydration
c) Clearing
d) Mounting
e) Mounting
f) Finishing
1.4 Culture of Insects
1.4.1 Keeping adult insects alive
1.4.2 Insect Rearing
1.4.3 Insect Breeding
Unit 2: Insect Genetics – Drosophila (15 L)
Objective:
To introduce insect genetics with Drosophila as example to learn genetics.
Desired outcome:
Learners will be able to understand insect genetics , its ro le in formation of new species
along with closed phyl ogenetics relationship a mong insect s.
2.1 Drosophila Genetics
2.1.1 Introduction to Drosophila Genetics
2.1.2 Advantages
2.1.3 Methodologies
2.1.4 Balanced lethal systems
2.2 Polytene chromosome
2.2.1 Polytenisation proce ss
2.2.2 Significance
2.2.3 Features
2.2.4 Puffs, regulation of puffing
2.2.5 Evidences of transcriptional activity
2.2.6 Induction by stress
2.3 Sex Determination
2.3.1 Sex Determination and dosage compensation
2.3.2 Chromosomal genetic and molecular aspects
2.3.3 Behavioural and Neuro -Genetics
2.3.4 Behavioural traits, mutants, tools & Methodologies for genetic analysis
2.3.5 Genetic and molecular basis of beh avioral traits in Drosophila
2.3.6 Drosophila Transposons & Phenocopies
Unit 3: Type animal – Butterfly (15 L) L
Objective:
To study Butterfly as a model insect .
Desired outc ome:
Learners will understand classification and diversity of butterflies.
Learner s will also understand general morphological structure, anatomy, physiology, and
systems of butterfly.
.
3.1 Classification and diversity
3.2 Morphology
3.3 Digestive system
3.4 Circulato ry system
3.5 Nervous system
3.6 Reproductive system
Unit 4: Industrial Entomology: Sericulture (15 L)
Objective:
To introduce Industrial Entomology with a special reference to sericulture industry .
Desired outcome :
Learners will gain knowledge about sericulture practices like silkworm rearing, cocoon
production and marketing of cocoon.
4.1 History of Sericulture
4.2 Host plants of Mulberry and non -Mulberry Silkworm especially present in Western Ghats o f
Konkan Region
4.3 Life cycle of Mulberry and non -Mulberry Silkworm
4.4 Rearing of Mulberry silkworm and Tasar Silkworm
4.5 Diseases and Pests of Mulberry silkworm and Tasar silkworm
4.6 Moriculture and Marketing of sericulture products
PAPER 4: PSZOENT304
INSECT ECOLOGY AND INSECTS OF ECONOMIC IMPORTANCE
Unit 1: Useful Insects of Economic Importance (15 L)
Objective:
To introduce learners to the field of Economic Entomology and its importance .
Desired outcome :
Learners als o gain information of lac culture, Apiculture and its importance.
Learners will be come oriented to nutritional role of insects.
Learner s will acquire the knowledge of apiculture in which they gain techniques of bee
keeping extraction and marketing of hon ey.
1.1 Types and Life history of Honey bees used in Apiculture
1.2 Bee Keeping Management & Prospects
1.3 Life History and Cropping of Lac insect
1.4 Lac – Utility and scope of Lac industry
1.5 Nutritional Entomology
1.5.1 Insects as a food
1.5.2 Example of Insects generally consumed
1.5.3 Advantages of Eating Insects (Entomophagy) – Nutritional Value
1.5.4 Entomophagy as a source of income
Unit 2: Insects in relation to other organisms (15 L)
Objective:
To introduce the insect and plants association .
Desired outcome:
They will also gain knowledge about insect feeding habits and role of insects in pollination.
Learners will obtain the knowledge of positive and negative interaction among insect s and
plants as well as other animals.
2.1 Insect – Plant interaction
2.1.1 Types of p ositive and negative interaction
2.1.2 Leaf eater
2.1.3 Frugivory
2.1.4 Bark feeders
2.1.5 Galls
2.1.6 Pollination
2.2 Insect – Animal interaction. Types of positive and negative interaction
2.3 Insect – Insect interaction. Types of positive and negative interaction
Unit 3 : Insect Ecology – I (15 L)
Objective:
To facilitate the learning of insect population ecology, its dynamics and regulatory factors
important for its sustenance.
Desired outcome :
This unit would allow learners to study about nature of insect population, specif ic factors
affecting its growth and its impact on the population of other life forms .
3.1 Population Ecology
3.1.1 Concept of population
3.1.2 Buildup of insect population ,
3.1.3 Population dynamics and Characteristics
3.1.4 Factors affecting insect population
a) Abiotic factors – Photoperiod, Temperature and Humidity .
b) Biotic factors – Food as a limiting factor for distribution and abundance ,
3.2 Nutritional Ecology
3.2.1 Food chain , Food Web and Ecological Succession
3.2.2 Interspecific interactions – Basic factors governing the interspecific Interact ions
3.3 High altitude Ecology
3.4 Polymorphism in Aphids
3.5 Mimicry in Insects
3.6 Venomous Insects
Unit 4: Insect Ecology – II (15 L)
Objective :
To facilitate the learning of insect behavior and factors important for its sustenance.
Desired outcome :
This unit would allow learners to study about nature of insect behavio ur including social,
communication, migratory and reproductive.
Learners will also gain the knowledge about role of insects as environmental indicator.
4.1 Social life in Termite s, Ants and Wasps
4.2 Insect Migrations
4.3 Communication, Instinct, Learning and Memory
4.4 Courtship Behaviour and Mating in Insects
4.5 Swarming in insects with reference to Locust
4.6 Insect as Indicators of Environment
M. Sc. Part 2: Semester III Practical
PRACTICAL 1: PSZO ENT3P1
1. Preparation of dichotomous key for insects - at least 5insects .
2. General classification of Insects up to families of the orders mentioned in theory: At least 2
examples, other than the pests to be studied, of each order .
3. Study of i nsect head and its appendages .
4. Study of t ypes of mouth parts and antennae: Cockroach, Mosquito, House Fly, Bedbug,
Butterfly (any two whichever is available ).
5. Temporary Preparation of slide: Mouth parts, Legs, antennae of Cockroach /Mosquito .
6. Mounting of Tentorium ( Cockroach/Mosquitoes).
7. Study of Thorax and its appendages: Cockroach, Mosquitoes, Honey bees ( Any two ).
8. Mounting of halters, wings and legs: Cockroach, Mosquitoes, Honey bees and House fly.
9. Study of abdomen and its appendages: Cockroach, Honey bees , Mosquitoes (Any two).
10. Study of t ypes of Genetilia, Cerci, Typhanum, Pseudolegs and Stingapparatus.
11. Field visit for collection of insect .
PRACTICAL 2: PSZO ENT3P2
1. Dissection of following organ system of Insects: Cockroach, Housefly, Grasshopper, Bugs,
Beetles ( any two )
a) Digestive system
b) Nervous system
c) Reproductive system
2. Study of Histology (Permanent slides) of digestive system (Midgut), Neuroendocrine system
(secretary cells) and reproductive system (Testes and ovary ).
3. Estimation of total proteins in Haem olymph / tissues .
4. Estimation of carbohydrates in Haemolymph / tissues .
5. Estimation of digestive enzyme by DNSA method from mid -gut (amylase / invertase /
Trehalase).
6. Study of Haemocyte s and their total haemocyte count.
7. Demonstration of presence of chitin by using of chitosan test.
8. Uptake of dyes by MalpighianTubes.
9. Chromatographic analysis of amino acids in insect Haemolymph.
10. Detection of uric acid as a n excretory product of terrestrial insect.
Practical 3: PSZO ENT3P3
1. Collection and preservation of insect (Dry and wet preservation).
2. Preparation of permanent slide of small insects.eg. Aphids, Jassids, cow bug etc.( At least
two)
3. Study of collection equipment - pit fall traps, collection net, Berlelies funnel, light trap,
chemical trap , etc.
4. Study of t ypes of silk moths.
5. Study of various host plants of silkworm especially found in Konkan region.
6. Study of Rearing appliances of M ulberry silk worm and demonstration.
7. Industrial visit and submission of report (Sericulture / Apiculture / Lac culture) .
8. Problem based on Drosophila Genetics.
9. Effect of UV radiation on Drosophila cultures.
10. Submission of insect collection (minimum 5 orders).
PRACTICAL 4: PSZO ENT3P4
1. Report of nectar plants and food plants of butterflies. ( At least 5 species each available
locally) .
2. Study of insectivorous bir ds, spiders and other animals ( Any two from each ).
3. Study of myrmecophytes ( Any two).
4. Study of insectivorous plants ( Any two).
5. Report on feeding experiment – ants / other suitable insect including comparison of types of
baits / Time for recruitment of foragers / Time for removal of food material / Competition
between two species
6. Chemical analysis of Honey samples .
7. Pathogens from suitable insects .
8. Different types of gall insects.
9. Mimicry and camouflage in insects :
a) Batesian (Any one example ).
b) Mullerian ( Any one example ).
c) Camouflage – leaf insect, orchid, mantis , etc.
References PSZO ENT301
1. Principles of insect morphology -R. E. Sondgrass .
2. Insect structure and function - R. F. Chapman .
3. Elements of Entomology. Rajendra Singh .
4. Gillot C . (1982). Entomology plenum press, New York and London , 370 .
5. Mani M.S. (1968) General Entomology. Oxford and IBH publication Co. Pvt. Ltd.97 .
6. Tembhare D.B . (2013). Modern Entomology, Himalaya Publication House,India.
7. Field guide to insects and spiders of Kanha Tiger Reserve - Aniruddha Dhamorikar 2016 -
resurrect Books/The Corbett Foundation
8. https://zsi.gov.in/WriteReadData/userfiles/file/E -publication/Thysanoptera_L.pdf
9. https://zsi.gov.in/WriteReadData/userfiles/file/E -publication/phthiraptera_L.pdf
10. https://zsi.gov.in/WriteReadData/userfiles/file/E -publication/Odonata.pdf
11. https://zsi.gov.in/WriteReadData/userfiles/file/E -publication/Lepid optera.pdf
12. A concise field guide to Indian insects and Arachnids - Meenakshi Venkatraman – Publisher -
Simova Education and Research,Banglore -2010
References PSZO ENT302
1. Principles of Insect Morphology - R. E. Snodgrass.
2. Insect structure and function – R. F. Chapman.
3. General entomology - M. S. Mani.
4. Insect Physiology and anatomy - Pant N.S and Ghai S.L
5. Elements of entomology - Rajendra Singh.
6. Entomology of Insects - A. O. John and F. H. Butt.
7. Entomology - Cedric Gillot
8. Modern entomology - Tembhare, D. B
9. The Princip les of Insect Physiology, 2nd edition (2007) Wigglesworth, V.B. Publisher
English Language Book Society and Methuen and Co.Ltd.
10. The Physiology of Insect, Ed. M. Rockstein , Vol, 1 -5, Academic Press, New York.
11. The Physiology of Insect Reproduction, F, Engle mann, Pergamon Press, New York.
12. Comprehensive Insect Physiology, Biochemistry and Pharmacology, Eds. G. A.
References PSZO ENT303
1. A text book of Applied Entomology, vol.2 - K. P. Srivastava,1996.
2. Elements of Entomology - Rajendra Singh.
3. Introduction to Sericulture - D. Ganga .and Sulochana Chetty OxfordIBH Publication, New
Delhi.
4. Sericulture and Pest Management – T.V. Sathe and A.D. Jadhav , 2001 .
5. Sericultural crop protection – T.V Sathe , 1998 .
6. A handbook of practical Sericulture, CSB, Ullal and Narsimhanna , 1981 .
7. Genetics and molecular biology by Maniyar Saras Publication, Keral.
8. Modern entomology - Tembhare, D. B
9. General entomology - M. S. Mani
10. Wonderful world of insects: Insect biodiversity by Dr. Suvarna Rawal, Akinik publication ,
New Delhi, 2019
11. The book of Indian butterflies by Isaac K ehimkar , BNHS, Mumbai. 2008 .
References PSZO ENT304
1. A text book of Applied Entomology, vol.2 - K. P. Srivastava,1996.
2. Elements of Entomology - Rajendra Singh.
3. A text book of Forest Entomology – T.V. Sathe , 2009 .
4. Agricultural Pests of India and South East Asia – A.S. Atwal , 1993 .
5. Crickets and Household pests – T.V. Sathe and M.R. Awate , 2009 .
6. Beekeeping in the tropics – G.S. Smit , 1960 .
7. Beekeeping in India, ICAR, New Delhi, S. Singh , 1975 .
8. Lac culture in India farm information unit, DEMOFA, New Delhi, S. Krishnaswami,
9. A text book of applied entomology - K. P. Srivastava.
10. Insect Ecology - An Ecosystem Approach -Timothy D. Schowalter Elsevier Inc.2017
11. Elements of Insect Ecology - Peter W. Price – Medtech Publishers2017
12. Ant-Plant Int eractions - Camilla R. Huxley (Editor) ,David F. Cutler (Editor) - Oxford University
Press1992
M. Sc. Part 2: Semester IV (Theory)
PAPER 1: PSZOENT401
AGRICULTURE, MEDICAL AND VETERINARY ENTOMOLOGY
Unit 1: Agricultural Entomology I (15 L)
(At least two major insect pests of each host to be stu died)
Objective:
To introduce learners to the important insect pests of cereals, oil seeds, cotton, Sugarcane
and stored grains.
Desired outcome:
The learner will be aware of the classification, life history, damage caused and control of
few insect pests of cereals, oil seeds, cotton, sugarcane and stored grain.
Study of Insect pests with special reference to their classification up to families,
appearance, habit, life history, distribution, host plant damage and control measures.
1.1 Insect Pes ts of cereals - Rice, Jowar, Bajra, Wheat, Maize
1.2 Insect pests of oil seeds - Ground nut, Soyabean, Sunflower
1.3 Insect pests of Cotton and Sugarcane
1.4 Stored Grain Pests - Tenebrio, Trogoderma, Bruchus.
Unit 2: Agricultural Entomology II (15 L)
(At least two major insect pests of each host to be studied)
Objective:
To introduce learners to the important insect pests of some vegetables, fruits, spices and
flowering plants
Desired outcome:
The Learner will be aware of the cl assification, life history, damage caused and control of
few insect pests of vegetables, fruits, spices and some flowering plants .
Study of Insect pests with special reference to their classification up to families,
appearance, habit, life history, distr ibution, host plant damage and control measures (at
least two major insect pests of each host to be studied .
2.1 Insect Pests of vegetables - Cabbage, Brinjal, Okra, Tomato, Red Pumpkin
2.2 Insect Pests of fruits - Mango, Citrus, Coconut, Cashew, Sapota
2.3 Insect pest s of spices - Black pepper, Tumeric, Ginger
2.4 Pests of Flowering Plants - Mealy Bugs, Aphids White files, Scale insect.
Unit 3 : Medical Entomology (15 L)
Objective:
To introduce learners to the important insect vectors with re ference to diseases in human .
Desired outcome:
The learner will be aware of the classification, life history, disease transmitted and control of
important insect vectors.
Study of followi ng insects as vectors of human diseases regarding their classifica tion up to
family, appearance, habit, brief life history, distribution, disea ses caused and control
measures.
3.1 Mosquito
3.2 Flea
3.3 Housefly
3.4 Tsetse fly
3.5 Sand fly
3.6 Blow fly
3.7 Stable fly
3.8 Warble fly
Unit 4 : Veterinary Entomology (15 L)
Objective:
To introduce learners to the insect pests of veterinary importance
Desired outcome:
The Learner will be aware of the classification, life history, damage caused and control of
insect pests of domestic animals.
Study of following ins ects as pests of domestic animals with general reference of their
classification up to family, habit, brief life history, damage, disea ses caused and control
measures.
4.1 Horse fly
4.2 Cattle blood sucking fly
4.3 Flesh fly
4.4 Hypoderma
4.5 Poultry louse
4.6 Screw worm fly
PAPER 2: PSZOENT402
FOREST, FORENSIC ENTO MOLOGY AND INSECT TOXICOLOGY
Unit 1 : Forest Entomology (15 L)
Objective:
To develop a strong foundation in entomology, including understanding of the importance
of insects to human society.
To familiarize the students with identification of insect pests, vectors and their control
methods.
Desired outcome:
Learners will grasp the concepts of Fo rest plants and its pest, Host -Pest relationship .
1.1 Introduction to forest Entomology in relation to forests and forest produce
1.2 Insect pests of nurseries, natural and plantation forests, standing and felled trees
1.3 Insects pests of timber in storage (broad leaved and conifers )
1.4 Biology and ecology of the key pests of tree species of economic valu e and forest
nurseries and their management - Gall insects. Borers, Leaf miners. Defoliators
1.5 Insects of mangrove forest
1.6 Role of insects in forest food web
1.7 Termites, Eutectona macharalis , Hyblea purea
Unit 2 : Forensic Entomology (15 L)
Objective:
To develop a strong foundation in entomology, including understanding of the importance
of insects to human society.
Desired outcome:
Learners expected to gain the knowledge of role of insects in criminology.
2.1 History, corpse -associa ted arthropod classes, role of arthropods in forensic entomology,
examples
2.2 Brief mention of Common insects of Forensic importance
2.2.1 Order Diptera – Calliphoridae, Sarcophagidae & Muscidae
2.2.2 Order Coleoptera – Staphylinidae, Histeridae, Silphidae, Dermestidae & Cleridae
2.3 Collection of entomological evidence during a death investigation
2.3.1 Temperature and climatic records, collection
2.3.2 Preservation and handling of insects / maggots from the crime scene
2.4 Analysis of entomological evidence and estimating PMI (Post Mortem Index) using Maggot
age and Insect succession
Unit 3: Insect Control and Toxicology – I (15 L)
Objective:
To develop a strong foundation in entomology, including understanding of the importance
of insects to human society.
To familiarize the students with identification of insect pests, vectors and their control
methods .
Desired outcome:
Learners expected to acquire the knowledge about insect pest control techniques.
Learner also obtained the knowledge of chemical , bio -control and used natural control
agents and toxicology .
3.1 Basic Principles of Insects Control
3.1.1 Chemical Control
a) Classification and evolution of insecticides .
b) Different types of insecticides .
c) Mode of action .
3.1.2 Biological Control
a) Principles, application, s uccess and limitations .
b) Use of enemies such as predators, parasites and pathogens .
3.2 Natural control of insect pest - Abiotic and biotic factors
3.3 Cultural, mechanical, physical methods of pest control
3.4 The use of Antifeedent in pest management.
3.5 Autocidal Method s
3.5.1 Chemosterillants and radiations for sterilization ,
3.5.2 Male sterile Theory ,
3.5.3 Hormones and Pheromones, Attractants and Repellants .
3.6 Insecticide formulations and applications, Insecticide synergists
Unit 4: Insect Control and Toxicology II (15 L)
Objective:
To develop a strong foundation in entomology, including understanding of the importance
of insects to human society.
To familiarize the students with identification of insect pests, vectors and their control
methods .
Desired outcom e:
Learners expected to acquire the knowledge about insect pest control developmen t of
resistance to Insecticides .
Learners also gain the knowledge of impact of insecticides on human health and
environment and IPM .
4.1 Microbial and Environmental degradation of pesticides. Metabolism of pesticides
4.2 Integrated Pests Managements
4.3 Dynamics of Environmental Pollution by Insecticides and impac t on human health and
ecosystem
4.4 Plants origin, synthetic (organic and inorganic) insecticides, chemistry, mode of action
and application
4.5 Fungicides – Definition, classification and application
4.6 Organizational Biological pest control
4.6.1 Definition and History
4.6.2 Methods
4.6.3 Bio-control agent
4.6.4 Aspects of biological organization
4.6.5 Bio-control programme in Maharashtra and in India
4.7 Microbial contr ol
4.7.1 Introduction
4.7.2 Pathogens used in microbial control (fungi, bacteria, viruses, protozoan, nematodes)
toxins produced
4.7.3 Mode of action and application
4.8 Recent trends in pest management
4.8.1 Global scenario
4.8.2 India
4.8.3 Maharashtra
4.8.4 Traditional pest management techniques
PAPER 3: PSZOENT403
NEO -ENTOMOLOGY, COMPUTATIONAL ENTOMOLOGY AND
INSECTS BIOTECHNOLOGY
Unit 1: Neo -avenues in Entomology (15 L)
Objective:
To learn neo -avenues and prospective in Insects study (Entomology).
Desir ed outcome :
Learner should acquire the knowledge of insects use as a medicine, weapons.
They will also learn role of insect in textile industry, ornamental use.
1.1 Insect as a medicine (Entomotherapeutics)
1.2 Insect as weapons (Entomological warfare’s)
1.3 Orname ntal Entomology : Ornamental products from insects
1.4 Use of Insect in textile Industry : Fashion designing
Unit 2: Insect Biotechnology and Molecular Biology – I (15 L)
Objective:
To introduce the insect Biotechnology and Molecul ar Biology.
Desired outcome:
Learners get the knowledge of central dogma process in insects.
They will also learn about insect cell lines, role of baculoviruses, marker genes use to
detect sex.
They will also get the knowledge of Bt toxins, neurohormon es secreted in insect.
2.1 DNA and RNA analysis in insects
2.1.1 Transcription and translocation mechanisms .
2.1.2 DNA recombinant technology ,
2.1.3 Identification of genes / nucleotide sequences for characters of interest.
2.2 Genetic improvement of natural enemies. Cell line s, genetic engineering in baculoviruses, Bt
and entomopathogenic fungi
2.3 Genes of interest in entomological research
2.1.1 Marker genes for sex identification
2.1.2 Neuropeptides, JH esterase, St toxins and venoms, chitinase
2.1.3 CPTI; lectins and proteases. Peptides a nd Neuropeptides, J Hesterase,
2.1.4 Toxins and venoms, chitinase, Bt toxin, CPTI; trypsin inhibitors, lectins
and proteases, Neuropeptides
Unit 3: Insect Biotechnology and Molecular Biology – II (15 L)
Objective:
To introduce insect biot echnology and molecular biology.
Desired outcome:
Learners have learn the application and principles of DNA finger printing and its role in
development of transgenic insect, improvement in silk quality and honey with the help of
biotechnology.
3.1 Insect ge ne transformation; biotechnology in relation to silkworms and honey bees
3.2 DNA finger printing for taxonomy and phylogeny .
3.3 Genetic improvement -tolerance of natural enemies .
3.4 DNA -based diagnostics ;
3.5 Insect immune systems in comparison to vertebrates
3.6 Molecular basis of metamorphosis
3.7 Sf transgenic technology and implications
Unit 4: Insect Bioinformatics (15 L)
Objective:
To introduce the principles and application of insect bioinformatics.
Desired outcome:
Learner should gain the knowledge the insect genomics, silkworm gene sequencing, insect
proteomics, develop gene sequencing by using application of bioinformatics.
4.1 Insect Genomics
4.1.1 Drosophila melanogaster (Fruit fly)
4.1.2 Anopheles gambiae (Mosquito – the vector for malaria ),
4.1.3 Bombyx mori (Domestic silk worm) and Apis mellifera (Honeybee
4.1.4 Dipteran and Hymenopteran insects.
4.1.5 Lepidoptera, Butterflies, Diamondback moth
4.1.6 Coleoptera (Beetles) Hemiptera ( Pea Aphid )
4.1.7 Phthiraptera ( Head louse )
4.2 Insect Proteomics
4.2.1 A proteomic approach for studying insect phylogeny
4.2.2 Proteomic Analysis of Interaction between a Plant Virus and Its Vector Insect
4.2.3 Proteomic and Bioinformatics Analysis on Endocrine Organs of Domesticated
Silkworm, Bombyx mori.
PAPER 4: PSZOOCN404
INSTRUMENTATION AND PRESENTATION OF SCIENTIFIC DATA
Unit 1: Instrumentation (15 L)
Objective
To learn how to design and build instruments for laboratory measurement.
To understand fundamental principles of operation .
Desired Outcome
The learner will understand methods for operation of in struments and data analysis.
The learner will understand how instrumentation can advance scientific research.
1.1 Centrifugation:
Principle and applications of Centrifugation
Differential and density gradient Centrifugation
1.2 Electrophoresis:
Principle
Structu ral components
Applications
1.3 Chromatography:
Principle and applications
Adsorption
Ion exchange
Gel permeation
Affinity
1.4 Spectrophotometer:
Principle
Applications
1.5 pH meter
Principle
Applications
1.6 Microscopy
Binocular
Trinocular
Unit 2: Presentation of Scientific data (15 L)
Objective
To aware the students for good practice in data presentation.
To aware the students to use different data presentation formats .
Desired Outcome
The students will familiarize to explain their research d ata by using different techniques for
presenting their scientific data.
2.1 Types of presentation:
Oral
Poster
Written
Audio -visual
Aids for presentation
2.2 Preparing the manuscript
Guidelines for authors
The IMRAD format
2.3 Title, Byline, Abstract and Summary , Keywords
2.4 Introduction:
Defining the problem
Literature survey
Justification of study
2.5 Materials and Methods:
Contents
Sources
Procedures
Techniques
Reproducibility
Significance
2.6 Results:
Text
How to present data
Tables and illustrations
Writing captions
Labels and legends
2.7 Discussion:
Components and Sequence
Analysis, Comparison and Integration of Data
Likely Sources of Errors in Results
2.8 Conclusions and significance
Unit 3: Project (30 L)
Objective
To familiarize learner for analyzing a scientific occurrence with an investigation or to solve
a problem with an invention .
Desired Outcome
Research expands the current state of knowledge (at a certain cost) of the learners.
Experimental findings that ma y yield new insights or lead to other research among the
learners.
1. Dissertation 60 Marks
2. Examinations 50 Marks
Guidelines to the Project:
1. The Project shall include:
Title of the Project
Aims, Objectives and Rationale
Materials and Methods
Observation an d / Results
Interpretation of Observation / Results and Discussion
Conclusion and / Recommendation
Relevance of Work / Justification of Work with Project title
Relevant References
2. The project must be type -written using computer and printed for binding.
3. No minimum or maximum limit of the number of pages is defined since the volume
of the proposal is dependent on the scope of the selected topic.
4. Name of the mentor may be reflected on the first page of the project along with the
student’s names.
5. The hard c opy of proposal must be retained and submitted along with the
dissertation in the examination for the reference of the external examiner/s.
6. Student should prepare individual power point presentation (PPT) on the project and
must present it in front of exa miners at the time of examination.
7. The project will be prepared individually by students.
M. Sc. Part 2: Semester IV
Practical 1: PSZO ENT4P1
1. Identification of economic importance of following insect pests;
a) Household Pest - Termite, Carpet moth, Cockroac h
b) Pests of medical importance - Sand fly, Tsetse fly, rat flea
c) Veterinary pest - Horse fly, Stable fly, screw worm, Cattle warble fly,
d) Forest pest -Teak defoliater, Polyphagous dry wood borer - Sinoxylon sp.
e) Pest of cereals - Paddy grasshopper, Sorghum shoot fl y
f) Pest of pulses -Greasy cutworm ( Agrotis sp .), Plume moth ( Exelastis sp.)
g) Pest of fiber crops - Red cotton bug, Pink Bollworm
h) Pest of fruits and fruit trees - Lemon butterfly ( Papilio demoleus ),Oriental fruit fly (Dacus
dorsalis )
i) Pest of oil seed crop – Castor semilooper ( Achaea janata ), Groundnut stem borer –
(Sphenoptera sp).
j) Pest of vegetable crops – Hadda beetle (Epilachna sp .), cabbage caterpillar (Pieris
brassicae)
k) Pest of spices – turmeric shoot borer – Conogethes punctiferalis , Pest of black pepper –
Pollu beetle ( Longitarsus nigripennis )
l) Pest of narcotic crops - Leaf eating caterpillar - Spodoptera litura Fab., Tobacco aphid –
Myzus nicotianae Black.
2. Field visit to agricultural area / fruit plantation / forest to study the pests and submission of
report based on it.
3. Visit to cattle farm / Veterinary center to study the pests of cattle/ other pet animals and
submission of report based on it.
Practical 2: PSZO ENT4P2
1. Study of insecticide appliances
a) Simple sprayer
b) Hydraulic sprayer
c) Rocker sprayer
d) Duster
2. Identification and economic importance of parasitoids (Biocontrol agents).
a) Trichograma spp.
b) Aphytis melinus
c) Cryptolaemus montrouizeri
d) Crysoperia carnea
e) Isotima javensis
f) Xanthopimpla punctata
g) Apanteles spp.
3. Identification and economic importance o f insect predators :
a) Birds
b) Reptiles
c) Amphibians
d) Mammals
e) Pisces
f) Coelenterates
g) Arachnids (spider)
h) Insect
4. Identification and economic importance of vertebrate pest bio -control agents. Buffo marinus,
Giant toad, Indian mynah ( Acridotheres tristis ), Indian c row.
5. Study of weed controlling insects.
a) Beetles ( Octotoma scabripennis, Uroplata giraldi )
b) Scale insect ( Dactylopius tomentosus)
c) Flea beetle ( Agasicles hygrophyla )
6. Whole mount preparations of parasitic insect s and microscopic pest.
a) Thrips
b) Aphids
c) Jassids
d) Cow bug
e) Termites
f) Pentatomid bug
7. Symptomology of following different types of insecticide treatment in Cockroach.
a) Contactpoison
b) Stomachpoison
c) Fumigant.
8. Bioassay of insecticides in a suitable insect for ; (LC50)
a) Contact poison .
b) Stomach poison .
c) Fumigant.
9. Estimation of synergistic ratio using suitable insect model .
Practical 3: PSZO ENT4P3
1. Isolation and estimation of DNA from Chiranomous larvae or suitable insects .
2. Isolation and estimation of RNA from Chiranomous larvae or suitable insects
3. Visit to suita ble nearby institute for demonstration of PCR, RFLP and RAPD techniques and
submission of report on it.
4. Problems based on molecular biology with reference to insects .
Practical 4: PSZO ENT4P4
The practical of Semester 4 paper 4 comprises the Research Proj ect for which students will have
to take up a particular topic based on which they will be doing research applying the ethics of
research, methods and methodology, etc. They are expected to abide rules of Scientific Research
and if possible derive at a con clusion for the same. This will help the learners to build a strong
foundation for pursuing research. Learners will acquaint about preparation of lay out, structure and
language of typical reports, illustrations and tables. Learners will gain l knowledge a bout how to
write bibliography, referencing and footnotes in reports and thesis or in research articles.
Further, learners will be oriented to presentation of data through effective communication with the
help of advanced visual technology. In addition to that they will be aware about the application of
results, environmental impacts, conservation of biodiversity, ethical issues and ethical committees.
The practical should be organized in such a manner that learners can be trained to manage large
data sets generated via multiple observations, arrange them in a proper format and present them
in relevant graphs/charts by adopting a hands -on in silico approach.
References PSZO ENT401
1. A text book of Applied Entomology, vol.2 - K. P. Srivastava,1996.
2. Elements of Entomology -Rajendrasingh.
3. A text book of Forest Entomology – T.V. Sathe,2009.
4. Agricultural Pests of India and South East Asia – A.S. Atwal , 1993 .
5. Crickets and Household pests – T.V. Sathe and M.R. Awate , 2009 .
6. A handbook of practical Sericulture, CSB, U llal and Narsimhanna , 1981 .
7. Lac culture in India farm information unit, DEMOFA, New Delhi, S. Krishnaswami,
8. A text book of applied entomology - K. P. Srivastava.
9. Elements of entomology – Rajendrasingh.
References PSZOENT402
1. A text book of Applied Entomolo gy, vol.2 - K. P. Srivastava,1996.
2. Elements of Entomology – Rajendrasingh.
3. A text book of Forest Entomology – T.V. Sathe, 2009.
4. A text book of applied entomology – K. P.Srivastava.
5. Agricultural pest of India and South East Asia, By A.S. Atwal, Kalayni publ .NewDelhi.
6. Hand Book of Economic Entomology for South India by T.U. Ramkrishna Ayyar.
7. A textbook of Agricultural Entomology. ICAR New Delhi by Druthi S.H.
8. Agrochemicals and pest management, DPH New Delhi by T.V. Sathe.
9. Genetic control of insect pests – G. Davidson.
10. Biological Pest Suppression – Copell & Martins,1977.
11. Entomology and Pest Management, Larry P. Pedigo, Prentice Hall
12. Insect sex pheromones – Martin.
13. Pest Management: Ecological concepts – T.V. Sathe and Jyoti Oulkar,2010.
14. Destruction and Useful In sect, Their Hanits and Control, C. L. Metcalf, W. P. Flint and R. I.
Metcalf, Mc Grow I Ill Co. New York.
15. Integrated Pest Management, J.L. Apple and R. E. Smith, Plenum Publication Co., New
Delhi.
16. An Introduction of Biological Control RVD Boarscho, P. S. Y . Messenger and A. P. Gaiter,
Plenum PublicationCo.
References PSZO ENT403
1. Bhattacharya TK, Kumar P & Sharma A. 2007. Animal Biotehnology . 1stEd., Kalyani Publ.,
New Delhi.
2. Hagedon HH, Hilderbrand JG, Kidwell MG & Law JH. 1990. Molecular Insect Science.
Plenum Press, New York.
3. Oakeshott J & Whitten MA.. 1994. Molecular Approaches to Fundamental and Applied
Entomology. Springer Verlag.
4. Rechcigl JE & Rechcigl NA.1998. Biological and Biotechnological Control of Insect Pests.
Lewis Publ., North Carolina.
5. Roy U & Saxena V. 2007. A Hand Book of Genetic Engineering . 1st Ed., Kalyani Publ.,
New Delhi.
6. Singh BD. 2008. Biotechnology (Expanding Horizons) . Kalyani Publ., New Delhi.
7. Singh P. 2007. Introductory to Biotechnology . 2nd Ed. Kalyani Publ.,New Delhi.
8. Atwal, A.S , 1986: Agricultural Pests of India& South East Asia, Kalyani Publishers, New
Delhi.
9. Metcalf, C.L. & Flint, W.P.(revised by Metcalf, R.L.), 1962; Destructive and Useful Insects –
Their Habits and Control, McGraw Hill, New York.
10. Lefroy, H.M, 1971: Indian Ins ect Pests, Today and Tomorrows Printers and Publishing, New
Delhi.
11. Pruthi, H.S, 1969: Test Book on Agricultural Entomology, ICAR, NewDelhi.
12. Kettle, D.S. 1984: Medical and Veterinary Entomology, John Wiley & Sons, NewYork.
13. Harwood, R.F & James, M.T. 1979: En tomology in Human and animal Health, Collier
Macmillan Pub, London.
14. Hill, D.S, 1975: Agricultural Insect Pests of the Tropics and Their Control, Cambridge
University Press, Cambridge.
15. Pradhan, S, 1969: Insect Pests of Crops. National Book, NewDelhi.
16. Nair, M.R., G.K., 1975: Insects and Mites of Crops in India ICAR, NewDelhi.
17. Ananthakrishanana, T.N, 1987: Insects and Host Specificity, Macmillan Co. of IndiaLtd.
18. Herms, W.B. & James, M.T., 1961: Medical Entomology, Macmillan Co., NewYork.
19. Roy, D.N, Entomology (Medical and Veterinary) Calcutta, India.
References PSZO ENT404
1. Sharma V.K. (1991) - Techniques in microscopy and cell biology, Tata-McGraw Hill.
2. Bisen & Mathew - Tools and Techniques in Life Sciences – CBS Publishers & distributors.
3. Robert Braun - Introduction to Instrumental Analysis. McGraw Hill International Editions
4. Wilson and Walker – Principles and Techniques of Practical Biochemistry.
Cambridge Univ. Press.
5. C. R. Kothari – Research Methodology, Methods and Techniques. Wiley Eastern
Ltd. Mumbai.
University of Mumbai
M.Sc. ZOOLOGY ( Entomology )
Semester III / Semester IV EXAMINATIONS
Modality of Assessment
A. Internal Assessment 40%
Sr. No. Evaluation type Total Marks
1 One Assignments / Case study 25
2 Active participation in r outine class instructional deliveries 05
3 Attendance – (0-25% = 0 marks, 25 -50% = 1mark, 50 -75% =
3 marks and 75 -100%= 5 marks) 05
4 Overall conduct as a responsible student, manners, skill in
articulation, leadership qualities demonstrated through
organizing co ‐curricular, etc. 05
B. External Assessment 60%
a. Semester End Examination 60Marks
Duration – These examinations shall be of two and half hours duration for each
paper.
Theory Question Paper Pattern:
There shall be five questions each of 12 marks. On each unit there will be one
question and the first one will be based on entire syllabus.
All questions shall be compulsory with internal choice within the questions.
Each question will be of 18 to 30 marks with options.
Question may be subdivided into s ub questions a, b, c… and the allocation of
marks depend on the weightage of the topic.
b. Practicals: 50Marks
c. Project in Semester IV: Internal Examination 40Marks
Dissertation: 60 Marks
External Evaluation: 50 Marks
University of Mumbai
M.Sc. ZOOLOGY ( Ento mology ) Paper Pattern of
Semester III (Papers 1, 2, 3, 4) / IV (Papers 1, 2, 3) Examination
Maximum Marks: 60 Duration:2.5 Hours Marks Option:90
Question 1. Based on Unit I to IV (Mixed Questions)
Question 2. Based on Unit I
Question 3. Based on Unit II
Question 4. Based on Unit III
Question 5. Based on Unit IV
Instructions:
a. All questions are compulsory .
b. All questions carry equal marks .
c. Draw neat and labelled diagrams wherever necessary .
1. Answer any four questions from the following: (Based on all4 Units ) (12)
a)
b)
c)
d)
e)
f)
2. Answer any two questions from the following: (Based onUnitI) (12)
a)
b)
c)
3. Answer any two questions from the following: (Based onUnitII) (12)
a)
b)
c)
4. Answer any two questions from the following: (Based onUnitIII) (12)
a)
b)
c)
5. Answer any two questions from the following: (Based onUnitIV) (12)
a)
b)
c)
Semester IV Examination
Paper IV: Instrumentations and Presentation of Scientific data
Internal (Theory) Paper Pattern of PSZO ENT404
Maximum Marks: 40 Duration: 1.15 Hours Marks Option: 60
Instructions:
a) All questions are compulsory.
b) Draw neat and labeled diagrams wherever necessary.
1. Fill in the blank by choosing the correct option given in the brackets (Based on both Units)
Four sub -questions from each unit. 08
2. Answer any two questions from the following: (Based on Unit I) 16
a)
b)
c)
3. Answer any two questions from the following: (Based on Unit II) 16
a)
b)
c)
Skeleton of Practical Examination Question Paper
Practical 1: PSZO ENT3P1
Time: 10:00 am to3:00 pm Total Marks: 50
1. Identification and Classification of given specimen/photo up to family level ( with reasons ).
15 Spot A, B, C, D,E 15
a) One spot from Ametabola
b) One spot from Hemimetabloa.
c) One spots from Holometabola
d) One spots from Holometabola
e) One spots from Holometabola
2. Identification. 09
a) Mouth parts / antenna
b) Thoracic appendages
c) Abdominal appendages
3. Temporary Mounting : Any two of the following: 10
Mouth parts, legs, antenna, Tentorium, halters, wings, legs , abdominal appendages.
4. Report of Field visit. 06
5. Viva-Voce based on theory. 05
6. Journal. 05
Practical 2: PSZO ENT3P2
Time: 10:00 am to3:00 pm Total Marks: 50
1. Dissect Cockroach/Housefly/Grasshopper/bugs/beetles so as to expose its digestive system .
10
OR
1. Dissect Cockroach/Housefly/Grasshopper/bugs/beetles so as to expose its Reproductive
system . 10
OR
1. Dissect Cockroach/Housefly/Grasshopper/bugs/beetles so as to expose its Nervous system .
10
OR
1. Dissect Cockroach so as to expose its Endocrine glands / Retro cerebral nervous system .
10
2. Demonstrate the presence of chitin by using of chitosen test. 06
OR
2. Uptake of dyes by Malpighian Tubes. 06
OR
2. Detect uric acid as a excretory product of terrestrial insect . 06
3. Identificatio ns. 09
a) Identify and describe (T.S. of midgut/ foregut) .
b) Identify and describe (T.S. of Testis/Ovary) .
c) Identify and describe (Brain/Endocrine gland/neurosecretory cells.)
4. Assay/ Experiment. 15
Perform Differential and Total Haemocyte count .
OR
Chromatographic analysis of amino acids from insect Haemolymph. 15
OR
Estimat e digestive enzyme by DNSA method from midgut. (amylase / invertase/ Trehalase) 15
OR
Estimat e total proteins/carbohydrates from the given Haemolymph/tissues . 15
5. Viva voce based on theory. 05
6. Journal . 05
Practical 3: PSZO ENT3P3
Time: 10:00 am to3:00 pm Total Marks: 50
1. Identification. 08
a) Insect collection equipment/preservation techniques
b) Types of silk moths
c) Host plants of silk moth
d) Rearing techniques in sericulture.
2. Problem based on Drosophila genetics. 04
3. Effect of UV radiation on drosophila culture - submission of report. 08
4. Submission of permanent slides . (Aphids / Jassids / Cow bug / others) Any two. 05
5. Industrial visit and submission of report (Sericulture / Apiculture / Lac culture). 05
6. Submission of insect collection. (At least five orders). 10
7. Viva voce based on theory. 05
8. Journal. 05
Practical 4: PSZO ENT3P4
Time: 10:00 am to3 :00pm Total Marks: 50
1. Identification . 18
a) Identify and describe insectivorous animals.
b) Identify and describe insectivorous animals.
c) Identify and describe myrmecophytes .
d) Identify and describe insectivorous plants.
e) Identify and de scribe mimicry in insect.
f) Identify and describe mimicry in insect.
2. Evaluate the physic o-chemical characteristics of given honey sample and make a report. 08
3. Make a temporary preparation stained i f necessary of pathogens from the given insect.
(minimum four) 10
OR
3. Make a temporary preparation stained if necessary of gall insects . Make a report. 10
4. Submissio n of the report on feeding experiments on ants/suitable insects. 04
5. Viva voce based on theory. 05
6. Journal. 05
Practical 1: PSZO ENT4P1
Time: 10:00 am to3:00 pm Total Marks: 50
1. Identification and description of economic importance of given specimen/photo. 12
Four spots from Household/Medical/Veterinary/Forest pest (Not more than one from each
group) .
2. Identification and description of economic importance of given specimen/photo. 10
Five spots fr om pests of cereals / pulses / fiber crop / fruit and fruit trees / oil seeds /
vegetables / spices / narcotic crops (Not more than one from each group) .
3. Visit to agricultural area/fru it plantation/forest to study insect pests and submission of report
based on it. 10
4. Visit to cattle farm/Veterinary center to study pests of cattle/ other pet animals and submission
of report based on it. 08
5. Viva-voce based on theory. 05
6. Journal. 05
Practical 2: PSZO ENT4P2
Time: 10:00 am to3:00 pm Total Marks: 50
1. Assay/Experiment .
Assess LC 50 for gi ven insecticide (Mosquito larvae / Chironomous larvae). 15
OR
a) Identify and give economic importance of vertebrate pest bio-control agents. 10
b) Preparation of whole mount of microscopic pest. 05
2. Identification. 10
i. Identify and describe the insecticide appliances.
ii. Identify and describe economic importance of parasitoids.
iii. Identify and describe insect predators.
iv. Identify and describe weed control insects.
v. Identify the Symptomology of given insecticides trea tment on cockroach (Contact
poison/Stomach poison /Fumigant) .
3. Submission .
a) Insect pest collection and observation report. 05
b) Report of Field visit or visit to Agricultural University or visit to veterinary Institute. 10
4. Viva voce based on theory. 05
5. Journal. 05
Practical 3: PSZO ENT4P3
Time: 10:00 am to3:00pm Total Marks: 50
1. Isolate and estimate DNA from Chironomous larva or suitable insect sample. 15
OR
1. Isolate and estimate RN A from Chironomous larva or suitable insect sample. 15
2. Problems based on molecular biology with reference to insects. 08
3. Demonstrate the use of bioinformatics tools with reference to insects BLAST for nucleotide
sequence comparison. 07
OR
3. Databases of NCBI with querying a nucleotide/protein sequence from insects. 07
4. Submit visit report of academic/research institute for demonstration of PCR / RFLP /RFLD and
submission of report. 10
5. Viva voce based on theory. 05
6. Journal. 05
Skeleton of Practical Examination
Question Paper: Practical 4 PSZO ENT4P4
Evaluation of Project of Paper IV Project: 60 Marks
1. Title of the Project 01
2. Aim, Objectives and Rational e 04
3. Materials and Methods 05
4. Observations and / Results 10
5. Interpretation of Observations / Results and Discussion 10
6. Conclusion and / Recommendation 10
7. Relevant work / Justification of work with Project title 10
8. Relevant References 05
9. Certified Dissertation 05
External Evaluation: 50 Marks
1. Content of Presentation 10
2. Quality of Presentation 10
3. Presentation Skill 10
4. Quality of Work 10
5. Viva bas ed on Proposal / Question Answer Session 10
***********************************************************
M.Sc. Part II (Semester III and Semester IV):
Zoology (Endocrinology and Reproductive Physiology)
Syllabus Committee Members
Dr. Nisar Shaikh
Chairman,
G. M. Momin Women’s College, Bhiwandi
Dist. Thane, Maharashtra
Dr. Ashok Manekar
Mentor,
Institute of Science,
Mumbai Dr. Prakash Raut
Mentor,
Professor and Head, I/C Dean, Shivaji
University, Kolhapur
Prof. Rahul Jadhav
Convener,
Vidyavardhini’s Annasaheb Vartak
College of Arts, Kedarnath Malhotra
College of Commerce & E. S. Andrades
College of Science, Vasai Road (W),
Dist. Palghar – 401 202 Dr. Vinda Manjramkar
B. N. Bandodkar College of Science,
Chendani Bunder Road,
Thane – 400 601
Dr. Seema P. Ajbani
Smt. Chandibai Himathmal Mansukhani
College, Opp. Ulhasnagar Railway
Station, Ulhasnagar, Dist. Thane –
421003 Dr. Shubhada M. Phatak
B. N. N. College, Dhamankar Naka,
Bhiwandi, Dist. Thane – 421 305
CONTENTS
1. Preface
2. Preamble
3. Pedagogy
4. Tables of Courses, Topics, Credits and Workload
5. Theory Syllabus for Semester III
(Course codes: PSZOEND301 - PSZOEND304)
6. Practical Syllabus for Semester III
(Course codes: PSZOEND3P1 - PSZOEND3P4)
7. References (Course codes: PSZOEND3P1 - PSZOEND3P4)
8. Theory Syllabus for Semester IV
(Course codes: PSZOEND401 - PSZOEND404)
9. Practical Syllabus for Semester IV
(Course codes: PSZOEND4P1 - PSZOEND4P4)
10. References (Course codes: PSZOEND4P1 - PSZOEND4P4)
11. Marking Scheme of Examination (Theory and Practical)
12. Skeleton Papers: Semester III and Semester IV
PREFACE
The main objective of reconstructing the Post Graduate syllabus of Zoology for Semester III and
Semester IV is to provide global level advanced and skill oriented deep knowledge to the
stakeholders which is currently needed for their survival. The current research and teaching in
Zoology includes diverse aspects with a balance of organismic and reductionist biology. It offers
teaching and research programs in the diverse areas, such as, Animal Physiology, Entomology,
Fish Biology, Immunology, Developmental Biology, Cell Signaling, Cell Biology, Radiation Biology,
Reproductive Biology, Endocrinology, Genomics, Metagenomic, Cancer Biology, etc. Our vision is
to provide Global Knowledge in education, training & research in the field of Zoology where
teaching an d research encrust detailed understanding from microbes to human. The broad skills
and deeper knowledge in the field would make them highly successful and excellent researcher in
advanced areas of research in the Biological sciences.
Therefore, the Board of Study in Zoology aims to impart holistic understanding of Zoology by
“redefining Zoology” to students of every age so that they develop interest in Science. It also
aims to develop teaching and research programs that have relevance to society and
employability. The M.Sc. program is being revised under CBCS scheme of UGC to meet the
expectations of students.
To keep all of the above factors in mind, this syllabus was developed by the curriculum committee
of Mentors, subject experts from other Universi ties and dedicated teachers. Their major role was
to abridge, grow, augment and give a forward bearing to Zoology taught in undergraduate
curriculum, with projections to future requirements. They have successfully completed this
colossal task. I congratula te them.
Dr. Deelip L. Bharmal
Chairman Board of Studies in Zoology University of Mumbai
PREAMBLE
I am extremely happy to present this new syllabus of Semester III and Semester IV to the
teachers and students of Post Graduate Course in Zool ogy of the specializations, Oceanography
and Fishery Technology, Entomology, Endocrinology, Animal Physiology and Environmental
Science. While constructing the syllabus, the relevant inputs have been considered from Mentors,
subject experts from various fi elds of other Universities, teachers and stakeholders to make it
more effective.
An attempt has been made to make post graduate courses competitive and on par with global
standards, as per the directives of University Grant Commission for the implementation of choice
based credit system. Hence as per the guideline of UGC the present syllabus is made more
interesting with new, innovative topics as per need of the current situation of the world and
stakeholders.
The M.Sc. Zoology program provide s an appropriate blend of classical and applied aspects of the
subject. This newly designed curriculum will allow students to acquire skills in handling scientific
instruments planning and performing in the laboratory and exercising critical judgment,
independent thinking and problem solving skills.
The utmost care has taken to declare the final syllabus well in advance to enable the teachers to
make preparations before commencement of the academic year and facilitating students to
execute their right to k now the details before admissions.
The draft of Syllabus was approved in meeting of the Board of Studies in Zoology held on 10th
March 2020, and it was unanimously resolved to implement the revised syllabus of Zoology at
M.Sc. Semester ‐III and IV and make it effective from the Academic Year 2020 ‐2021 after approval
from concerned authorities of the University.
The success of this revamped syllabus will depend totally on the enthusiasm and interest shown
by the stakeholders.
Dr. Nisar Shaikh
Chairman, M.S c. Part II
Syllabus Committee
PEDAGOGY
PSZOEND301 is ‘Invertebrate Endocrinology – I’, a study of Comparative invertebrate
neuroendocrine structure, anatomy, mechanisms and their physiological role or function of the
glands in different phyla.
PSZOEND302 consists of ‘Comparative Vertebrate Endocrinology – I’ which explains General
endocrinology, phylogeny and ontogeny of endocrine glands in comparative study in different
vertebrates, Comparative study of endocrinology of all vertebrate from Pisces to Mammals. The
basic concepts to study comparative study of endocrine glands in relation to their location,
anatomy, structure and physiological action on target tissues.
PSZOEND303 is ‘Reproductive biology / Physiology – I’ could be dealt wi th by taking various
examples of economic importance. Practical aspects of reproductive and developmental biology
could be undertaken through observation of life cycles of various organisms that can be cultured in
the laboratory as per the ethical permissi on granted so that learners can understand the
theoretical approach in a much better way.
The course PSZOEND304 ‘Medical Endocrinology’ will help the learner for conceptual
understanding of the basic medical endocrinology and medical practices in modern m edical field
or hospitals. In this course students understand the classification of hormones and their
discoveries, their types and their role in vertebrates understanding with their details. Beside the
routine medical practices some new drugs namely phyt o-medicines also used in patient to cure
some diseases.
PSZOEND401 ‘Comparative Invertebrate Endocrinology – II’, a study of Comparative
invertebrate neuroendocrine structure, anatomy, mechanism at molecular level and their
physiological role or function of the glands in different phyla. Further, study of pheromones, and its
use in applied fields such as insecticides, aquaculture, endocrine biotechnology etc.
PSZOEND402 ‘Comparative Vertebrate Endocrinology – II’ content deals with Hormones and
homeostasi s, Neuroendocrine integration etc., for understanding endocrine control in vertebrates.
Hormones, their metabolism, actions of steroid hormones and receptors and endocrine disorders
will be studied. Recent advances, implications and applications of hormone s useful to gain
knowledge to learners.
In course PSZOEND403 ‘Reproductive biology / Physiology – II’ an attempt has been made to
inform the students the basic information sex determination, reproductive system of male and
female their accessory sex organ s and their functions in more details.
PSZOEND404 consists of ‘Instrumentation and Presentation of Scientific data’ which help the
students to choose suitable measuring instruments for their applications and understanding of
limitations, principles and me asurement errors. The students will aware the efficiency of the
instruments. Similarly the course also has the unit of presentation of scientific data. Text, tables,
and graphs for data and information presentation are very powerful communication tools. Th ey
can make scientific report easy to understand, attract and sustain the interest of beneficiary.
Convener and Committee Members
M. Sc. II Zoology Syllabus
Choice Based Credit System
To be implemented from the Academic Year 2020 -2021
Endocrinology and Reproductive Physiology : Semester III
Course Name
and Code Unit Topic Headings Credit Lecture/
Week College
Assessment
Internal University
Assessment
External
Paper I: Comparative Invertebrate Endocrinology – I
PSZOEND301 1 Introduction to Invertebrate
Endocrinology
4 1
40
60 2 Histology of Endocrine glands 1
3 Neuroendocrine Integration 1
4 Invertebrate Hormones and its
applications 1
Paper II: Comparative Vertebrate Endocrinology – I
PSZOEND302 1 General Endocrinology
4 1
40
60 2 Phylogeny and Ontogeny of
Endocrine glands 1
3 Study of Endocrine glands 1
4 Hormonal Control and Regulation 1
Paper III: Reproductive Biology / Physiology – I
PSZOEND303 1 Embryology of the Gonads and
Genital ducts
4 1
40
60 2 Female Reproductive System -I 1
3 Conception 1
4 Implantation 1
Paper IV: Medical Endocrinology
PSZOEND304 1 Hormones: Function and
Classification
4 1
40
60 2 Biochemical Aspects of
Metabolism 1
3 Mechanism of Action of Hormones 1
4 Applied Endocrinology I 1
Total 16 16 160 240
Practicals
PSZOEND3P1 Practicals based on PSZOEND301 2 4 – 50
PSZOEND3P2 Practicals based on PSZOEND302 2 4 – 50
PSZOEND3P3 Practicals based on PSZOEND303 2 4 – 50
PSZOEND3P4 Practicals based on PSZOEND304 2 4 – 50
Total 8 16 – 200
Grant Total 24 32 160 440
Endocrinology and Reproductive Physiology : Semester IV
Course Name
and Code Unit Topic Headings Credit Lecture/
Week College
Assessment
Internal University
Assessment
External
Paper I: Comparative Invertebrate Endocrinology – II
PSZOEND401 1 Endocrine Mechanisms
4 1
40
60 2 Chemistry of Hormones 1
3 Pheromones 1
4 Applied Endocrinology I 1
Paper II: Comparative Vertebrate Endocrinology – II
PSZOEND402 1 Hormones and Physiology
4 1
40
60 2 Hormones and Metabolism I 1
3 Hormones and metabolism -II 1
4 Applied Endocrinology II 1
Paper III: Reproductive Biology / Physiology – II
PSZOEND403 1 Embryology of the gonads and the
genital ducts -II
4 1
40
60 2 Female reproductive system II 1
3 Male Reproductive System 1
4 Contraception and hormones 1
Paper IV: Instrumentation and Presentation of Scientific data
PSZOEND404 1 Instrumentation
2 1
40
60 2 Presentation of Scientific data 1
3 Project 2 2
Total 16 16 160 240
Practicals
PSZOEND4P1 Practicals based on PSZOEND401 2 4 – 50
PSZOEND4P2 Practicals based on PSZOEND402 2 4 – 50
PSZOEND4P3 Practicals based on PSZOEND403 2 4 – 50
PSZOEND4P4 Practicals based on PSZOEND404 2 4 – 50
Total 8 16 – 200
Grant Total 24 32 160 440
M. Sc. Part 2: Semester III (Theory)
Paper 1: PSZOEND301
Comparative Invertebrate Endocrinology – I
Unit 1: Introduction to invertebrate endocrinology (15 L)
Objective:
Historically invertebrates are excellent models to study as they evolved much before human
existence the structures are microscopic, the chemical released are in micro level but very
effective. They have withstood lot of climatic changes since there origin.
Desired outcome:
Learner can study the structure and compare with other classes of organisms, chemical
released by glands or other such similar organs and their role in life process.
1.1 Scope of invertebrate endocrinology
1.2 Anatomical organization
1.3 Structure of endocrine glands in invertebrates
1.4 Invertebrate hormones - secretion, function and their role in life process
1.4.1 Annelid – Feedback substance
1.4.2 Mollusca – GnRH, Schstosom in
1.4.3 Cephalopoda - Gonadotrophic, Optic glands,
1.4.4 Insects – Juvenile Hormone, Ecdysone, ETH (Ecdysis Hormone, TMOF (Trypsin
Modulating Oostatic Factor))
1.4.5 Crustaceans – MF (Methyl Farnesoate)
1.4.6 Echinoderm – GSS (Gamete shredding substance) of starfish
Unit 2: Histology of endocrine glands (15 L)
Objective:
To study histological and ultrastructure of endocrine glands in invertebrates.
Desired outcome:
Learner can identify difference between different gland in detail at microscopic level.
2.1 Endocrine glands of invertebrates
2.1.1 Corpora cardiaca
2.1.2 Corpora allata
2.1.3 Moulting glands
2.2 X-organ and Y -organ of Crustaceans
2.3 Green gland, Epitracheal gland and Inka cells
2.4 Mandibular organs in crustaceans
2.5 Submature oocyte of Polychaeta
Unit 3: Neuroendocrine integration (15 L)
Objective:
To understand role of neurohormones and neurosecrection.
Desired outcome:
To make know the role of neuro secretion and neuro endocrine secretion in process of
growth.
2.1 Concept of Neurohormone
2.2 Neurosecretion and neuroendocrine relation in the invertebrates
2.3 Reproduction, development, somatic retinal and pigmentation and metamorphosis (including
diapause and molting) in insects
2.1 Hormonal control of metabolism, retinal and somatic pigmentation, reproduction and m oulting
in Crustaceans
Unit 4: Invertebrate Hormones and its applications (15 L)
Objective:
To study the invertebrate hormones and role in endocrine disruption.
Desired outcome:
To make learner acquaint with application of hormones in control of some pest.
4.1 Structure, function and molecular action of Insect and Crustacean hormones with special
reference to reproduction
4.2 Insect Allomones
4.3 Invertebrate Endocrine disruption
Paper 2: PSZOEND302:
Comparative Vertebrate Endocrinology – I
Unit 1: General Endocrinology (15 L)
Objective:
To study the neuroendocrine reflexes and integration centers.
Desired outcome:
The learner will understand the orders of reflexes playing role in neuroendocrine
integration.
1.1 General introduction to hormone
1.2 Neuroendocrine integration
1.2.1 Afferent pathways
1.2.2 Integration centers
1.2.3 Efferent pathways
1.3 Neuroendocrine reflex
1.3.1 First order
1.3.2 Second order
1.3.3 Third order
Unit 2: Phylogeny and Ontogeny of endocrine glands (15 L)
Objective:
To acquaint students with the phylogeny and ontogeny of vertebrate endocrine glands.
Desired outcome:
The learner would get an understanding of the phylogenetic and ontogenic relationship of
endocrine glands from Pisces to Mammals.
2.1 Phylogeny of Pituitary, Pancreas, Adrenal, Thyroid, parathyroid in Pisces, Amphibia, Reptiles
and Mammals
2.2 Ontogeny of Pituitary, Pancreas, Adrenal, Thyroid, parathyroid in Pisces, Amphibia, Reptiles
and Mammals
Unit 3: Study of endocrine glands (15 L)
Objective:
To familiarize the learners about the anatomy and role of endocrine glands in the human
reproduction.
Desired outcome:
The learners will get the knowledge of endocrine glands.
3.1 Endocrine glands - Anatomy and Microstructure
1.1.1 Pituitary
1.1.2 Thyroid
1.1.3 Para thyroid
1.1.4 Ultimobranchial glands
1.1.5 Adrenal, pancreas
1.1.6 Pineal
3.2 Role of hypothalamus and the higher brain centers in reproductive behaviour
Unit 4: Hormonal control and regulation (15 L)
Objective:
To aware the learners about functioning of neurotransmitter substances.
Desired outcome:
To impart knowledge to learner about endocrine and physiological regulation
4.1 Neuroendocrine integration in vertebrates
4.1.1 Hypothalamo -hypophyseal complex
4.1.2 Role of transmitters in regulation of anterior pituitary hormonal release
a) TSH-RH
b) Gn-RH
c) ACTH - RH
d) GH-RH
e) Somatostatin
f) PIF-RH
4.1.3 The role of pineal in the transduction of environmental cues
4.2 Gastro -intestinal hormones and endocrine regulation of digestion
4.3 Carbohydrate and Lipid metabolism
4.4 Endocrine disorders
Paper 3: PSZOEND303:
Reproductive Biology / Physiology – I
Unit 1: Embryology of the gonads and genital ducts (15 L)
Objective:
To understand the sexual dimorphism in early stages of development.
Desired outcome:
The learner will study in detail the difference between genetic and somatic sex along with
the embryological sexual dimorphism.
1.1 Sexual differentiation
1.1.1 Genetic sex
1.1.2 Somatic sex
1.2 Origin of the primordial germ cells
1.2.1 Migration to the genital ridge
1.2.2 Embryological origin of cell types
1.3 Differentiation of testis and Ovary
1.3.1 Morphological
1.3.2 Biochemical
1.3.3 Hormonal aspects
1.4 Formation and differentiation of the genital ducts
1.5 Hypothamo -hypophysial -gonadal axis
Unit 2: Female reproductive system – I (15 L)
Objective:
To acquaint the learner with different aspects female gonads and hormones with respect to
aves and mammals.
Desired outcome:
The learner will understand process of ovarian functions from two different class of
vertebrates.
2.1 Study of ovary in birds and mam mals
2.1.1 Folliculogenesis
2.1.2 Ovulation.
2.2 Sources of ovarian hormones
2.2.1 Ovarian androgen
2.2.2 Ovarian Inhibin
2.2.3 Endocrine regulation of ovarian functions
2.2.4 Super ovulation
Unit 3: Implantation (15 L)
Objective:
To familiarize the learner with concept and mechanism of implantation and placentation.
Desired outcome:
The learner would understand the process of implantation, placentation and hormones
3.1 Concept of implantation, nidation
3.2 Mechanism of implantation, Endometrial antigen involved in implantation
3.3 Deciduation
3.4 Placentation –Types of placentation
Unit 4: Conception (15 L)
Objective:
To enable the learner understand the process of fertilization, conception, parturition.
Desired outcome:
Learner would gain insight into the process from fertilization t o parturition with add on
information on placental hormones.
4.1 Fertilization
4.2 Conception
4.3 Parturition.
4.4 Maternal –foetal placental hormones
Paper 4: PSZOEND304:
Medical Endocrinology
Unit 1: Hormones – Function and Classification (15 L)
Objective:
To aware the leaners about the classification of hormones.
Desired outcome:
The learners will get the knowledge of about the advance knowledge of the hormones.
1.1 Hormones as messengers.
1.2 Hormones and eukaryotic metabolic regulation
1.3 Classification a nd Discovery of hormones
Unit 2: Biochemical Aspects of Metabolism (15 L)
Objective:
To familiarize the learners about biochemical aspects of metabolism.
Desired outcome:
The learner will aware the role of peptide, thyroid and steroid hormones on metabolism.
2.1 Peptide hormones
2.2 Thyroid hormones
2.3 Steroid hormones
Unit 3: Mechanism of action of hormones (15 L)
Objective:
To familiarize the learners about the mechanism of action of hormones.
Desired outcome:
The learners will get knowledge of the mechan ism of action of hormones.
3.1 Cell surface receptors
3.2 Cascade of reaction linked to signal transduction
3.3 Prostaglandins
3.4 Pineal gland structure
3.4.1 Biosynthesis of melatonin
3.4.2 Diurnal variations of pineal gland functions
3.5 Gastro -Intestinal hormones: Source, composition and functions
Unit 4: Applied Endocrinology (15 L)
Objective:
To familiarize the learners about applied aspects of Endocrinology.
Desired outcome:
The leaner will aware about the relationships of hormones with human being and their
applied aspects.
4.1 Hormones, growth and development
4.2 Hormones and human health
4.3 Production of hormones as Pharmaceuticals
4.4 Molecular Endocrinology and Physiology of the Aging Central Nervous System
M. Sc. Part 2: Semester III Practical
Practical 1: PSZOEND3P1
1. Study of neuroendocrine system of Prawn / cockroach.
2. Preparation of slides – Neurosecretory cells in different invertebrates examples. Cockroach or
any other animal not in schedule and easily available (submission of three slides) and report.
3. Study of reproductive system of Cockroach and Sepia.
Practical 2: PSZOEND3P2
1. Study of histology of vertebrate endocrine glands (comparative aspects).
a) Pituitary
b) Thyroid
c) Adrenal,
d) Pancreas
e) Pineal,
f) Parathyroid.
2. Demonstration of endocrine glands of vertebrate group (rat / mice).
(Simulation / Photographs / ICT)
3. Hypophysectomy in fish (catfish / Tilapia)
4. Study of reproductive system of any suitable edible species bony fish.
5. Types of placenta (Identification).
Practical 3: PSZOEND3P3
1. Prep aration and submission of slides of adrenal, ovary and testis in vertebrate
(Goat / Chicken)
2. Diagnosis of pregnancy by the presence of HCG in urine.
3. Study of estrous cycle in different mammals
(Slides / Photographs / TC tools / models / charts / photograph s)
a) Mammals rodents prolific breeders
b) Cattle seasonal breeder
c) Post birth estrous Kangaroo
4. Phytosteroid -mimicking animal steroid (Soybean, Ashwagandha, Shatavari).
Practical 4: PSZOEND3P4
1. Estimation of calcium level in given blood sample.
2. Estimation of glucose level in given blood sample.
3. Effect of acetylcholine / Adrenalin on fish chromatophores.
4. Study of Endocrine disorders in human (Slides / Photographs / TC tools / models / charts /
photographs)
References PSZOEND301
1. Mandal A. (1994). Handbook of Neuroendocrinology, EMKAY Publications.
2. Comparative Endocrinology of the Invertebrates, Kenneth C. Highnam, Second Edition, ELBS
Low price Edition.
3. Tambhare D. B. (2012). Invertebrate Endocrinology, Himalaya Publication House.
4. Invertebrate Endocrinology -Tombes, Academic Press.
5. Insect Endocrinology -Edited by Lawrence I Gilbert, Academic Press.
References PSZOEND302
1. Barington (1979) Hormones and Evolution Vol. I&II Academic Press, New York.
2. Bentley P.J. (1994) Comparative Vertebrate Endocrinology -II Cambridge University Press,
New York.
3. Johnf -Laycock and Peter H. Wise, Essential of Endocrinology.
4. Wiliamas R.H. (1974) Text book of Endocrinology V. Ed. Saunders Press. London.
5. Turner C.D. and Bugnara J.T. (2013).General Endocrinology, sixth Edition, W.B. Saunders.
EPW East West Press Pvt. Ltd. New Delhi.
6. Endocrinology –Hadley
7. The physiology of reproduction, Vol I&II E.K. Nobil and JU.D. Neil, Raven Press, New York.
8. Benjamin Levin -Gene VII, Oxford University Press.
9. Lodish et.al. Molecula r Cell Biology
10. Mammalian Endocrinology, Ashok Kumar Boral, New Central Book Agency (P) Ltd. London
11. Zarrow M.X. and Mc Carthy J.L. (1964). Experimental Endocrinology, Academic Press, New
York.
12. Norris D.O. (1996). Vertebrate Endocrinology IIIrd Ed. Academic Press,
13. Norris: Vertebrate Endocrinology 4th Ed.2007 Elsevier)
14. Mammalian Endocrinology, Manoj Yadav,(2008). Discovery publishing House Ltd. New Delhi.
15. Chandra S. Negi (2015). Introduction to Endocrinology - PHI Learning, Pvt.Ltd. New Delhi. 16.
Endocrinolog y-P.R.Yadav, Discovery publishing House Ltd. New Delhi.
16. Endocrinology, Hormones and Human Health -Prakash S. Lohar, MJP Publisher, Chennai.
17. Franlyn F. Bolander, Molecular Endocrinology – (Third Edition), Academic Press, An Imprint of
Elsevier, California, U.S.A.
References PSZOEND303
1. Barington (1979) Hormones and Evolution Vol. I&II Academic Press, New York.
2. Bentley P.J. (1994) Comparative Vertebrate Endocrinology -II Cambridge University Press,
New York.
3. Johnf -Laycock and Peter H. Wise, Essential of Endocrinology.
4. Wiliamas R.H. (1974) Text book of Endocrinology V. Ed. Saunders Press. London.
5. Turner C.D. and Bugnara J.T. (2013).General Endocrinology, sixth Edition, W.B. Saunders.
EPW East West Press Pvt. Ltd. New Delhi.
6. Endocrinology –Hadley
7. The physiology of reproduction, Vol I&II E.K. Nobil and JU.D. Neil, Raven Press, New York.
8. Mammalian Endocrinology, Ashok Kumar Boral, New Central Book Agency (P) Ltd. London
9. Norris D.O. (1996). Vertebrate Endocrinology IIIrd Ed. Academic Press,
10. Norris: Ve rtebrate Endocrinology 4th Ed.2007 Elsevier)
11. Mammalian Endocrinology, Manoj Yadav,(2008). Discovery publishing House Ltd. New Delhi.
12. Chandra S. Negi (2015). Introduction to Endocrinology - PHI Learning, Pvt.Ltd. New Delhi. 16.
Endocrinology -P.R.Yadav, Disc overy publishing House Ltd. New Delhi.
13. Endocrinology, Hormones and Human Health -Prakash S. Lohar, MJP Publisher, Chennai.
References PSZOEND304
1. Barington (1979) Hormones and Evolution Vol. I&II Academic Press, New York.
2. Bentley P.J. (1994) Comparative Vertebrate Endocrinology -II Cambridge University Press,
New York.
3. Johnf -Laycock and Peter H. Wise, Essential of Endocrinology.
4. Wiliamas R.H. (1974) Text book of Endocrinology V. Ed. Saunders Press. London.
5. Turner C.D. and Bugnara J.T. (2013).General Endocrinology, sixth Edition, W.B. Saunders.
EPW East West Press Pvt. Ltd. New Delhi.
6. Endocrinology –Hadley
7. The physiology of reproduction, Vol I&II E.K. Nobil and JU.D. Neil, Raven Press, New York.
8. Benjamin Levin -Gene VII, Oxford Univ ersity Press.
9. Lodish et.al. Molecular Cell Biology
10. Mammalian Endocrinology, Ashok Kumar Boral, New Central Book Agency (P) Ltd. London
11. Zarrow M.X. and Mc Carthy J.L. (1964). Experimental Endocrinology, Academic Press, New
York.
12. Norris D.O. (1996). Vertebra te Endocrinology IIIrd Ed. Academic Press,
13. Norris: Vertebrate Endocrinology 4th Ed.2007 Elsevier)
14. Mammalian Endocrinology, Manoj Yadav,(2008). Discovery publishing House Ltd. New Delhi.
15. Chandra S. Negi (2015). Introduction to Endocrinology - PHI Learning, Pvt.Ltd. New Delhi. 16.
Endocrinology -P.R.Yadav, Discovery publishing House Ltd. New Delhi.
16. Endocrinology, Hormones and Human Health -Prakash S. Lohar, MJP Publisher, Chennai.
17. Franlyn F. Bolander, Molecular Endocrinology – (Third Edition), Academic Press, A n Imprint of
Elsevier, California, U.S.A.
M. Sc. Part 2: Semester IV (Theory)
PAPER 1: PSZOEND401
COMPARATIVE INVERTEBRATE ENDOCRINOLOGY – II
Unit 1: Endocrine Mechanisms (15 L)
Objective:
Invertebrates are dominant group of organisms they have economic importance although
small in size they entire communication with chemical signals
Desired outcome:
The learner will understand the role of endocrine gland and hormones.
1.1 Molluscan Endocrinology
1.2 Crustacean Endocrinology
1.3 Insect Endocrinology
1.3.1 Anatomical structure and location
1.3.2 Hormones
1.3.3 Moulting,
1.3.4 Reproduction and Metamorphosis, reproduction
1.4 Echinoderm Endocrinology
Unit 2: Chemistry of hormones (15 L)
Objective:
Invertebrates are excellent models. They have variety of hormones like steroids, peptides
and terpenes.
Desired outcome:
The learner will understand the chemistry of all the hormones and there use.
2.1 Spawning hormones in starfish
2.2 Neuroendocrine system
2.2.1 Insect
2.2.2 Crustaceans
2.3 Steroid hormones in Arthropod
2.4 Insect Juvenile hormones
2.4.1 Biochemical structure
2.4.2 Synthesis of juvenile hormones
2.4.3 Ecdysone
2.5 Hormonomimetic insecticides
Unit 3: Pheromones (15 L)
Objective:
They are chemicals functioning under the influence of endocrine glands, which control life
activities.
Desired outcome:
The learners will understand the chemical nature, structure, and functions of pheromones
and there role in life of invertebrates.
3.1 Classification, Chemical nature, Structure, Functions relevance in applied fields, Clinical
applications.
3.2 Sex Pheromones in insects
3.3 Maturation Pheromones
3.4 Pheromones and insect control
3.5 Hormones and the Environment
Unit 4: Applied Endocrinology I (15 L)
Objective:
To study the role of hormones, pheromones in growth and control of invertebrates has the
wide use and application since ancient times.
Desired outcome:
Learner will understand the applicative of various chemical substances synthesized and
secreted by the invertebrates.
4.1 Insect hormones, pheromones and Insecticides for eradication pest
4.2 Hormonal manipulation in Echinod erm Aquaculture
4.3 Tick control by their hormones and Pheromones
4.4 Structure function and molecular action of crustacean hormones with special reference to
reproduction, crustacean Aquaculture, Endocrine Biotechnology
PAPER 2: PSZOEND402
COMPARATIVE VERTEBRATE ENDOCRINOLOGY – II
Unit 1: Hormones and Physiology (15 L)
Objective:
To study integration of hormones and physiological process.
Desired outcome:
To make learner understand that physiological process require hormonal stimulus
1.1 Osmoregulation and Excretion
1.2 Thermo regulation
1.3 Neuroendocrine control of water balance and milk ejection reflex
1.4 Calcium metabolism
Unit 2: Hormones and metabolism – I (15 L)
Objective:
To study various disorder due to hormonal imbalance.
Desired outcome:
To make learner acquaint with role of hormones in disorders and behavioral changes.
2.1 Stress
2.2 Metabolic and reproductive disorders
2.2.1 Pituitary
2.2.2 Adrenal
2.2.3 Pancreas
2.2.4 Thyroid
2.2.5 Testis
2.2.6 Ovary
2.3 Thymic hormones and cell immunity
2.4 Behavioral Endocrinology
Unit 3: Hormones and Metabolism – II (15 L)
Objective:
To expose the learners with the role of hormones in homeostasis and physiological
processes.
Desired outcome:
The learner would understand the process of homeostasis and physiology and their
correlation with hormones.
3.1 Glucose, Calcium and Sodium homeostasis,
3.2 Gastro -intestinal hormones and endocrine regulation of digestion.
3.3 Endocrine regulation of cardio -vascular function
3.4 Endocrine control of colour change with emphasis on pars intermedia in amphibians
3.6 Endocrine regulation of stress
3.7 Endocrine control of growth
3.8 Endocrine disorders in childhood and adults
3.9 Bone and mineral metabolism
Unit 4: Applied Endocrinology II (15 L)
Objective:
To understand the applicative values of hormones phytostero ids, industrial production and
genetic analysis of hormonal disorders.
Desired outcome:
The learner will understand the process of hormone preparation, phytosteroids and its
applicative values.
4.1 Preparation of somatotropin, insulin and its Application
4.2 Genetic analysis of hormonal disorders
4.3 Zebra fish in endocrine systems: recent advances and implications for human disease
4.4 Production of hormones
4.5 Phytosteroid for human benefits
PAPER 3: PSZOEND403
REPRODUCTIVE BIOLOGY / PHYSIOLOGY – II
Unit 1: Endocrinology of Reproduction (15 L)
Objective:
To aware the learners about the role of endocrine glands in reporoduction.
Desired outcome:
The learners will aware about the endocrine role of gonads in reproduction.
1.1 Endocrine disruption of reproduction
1.2 Endocrinology of photo sexual activity:
1.2.1 Extra -retinal photoreceptors,
1.2.2 Photo refractoriness,
1.3 Role of melatonin in reproduction
1.4 Development abnormalities of male and female sex organs: genetic and Endocrine aspects
Unit 2: Male Reproductive System (15 L)
Objective:
To aware the learners about male gonadial structure and their functions in the reproduction.
Desired outcome:
The learners will aware the process of gametogenesis and the hormonal role in it.
2.1 Testis
2.1.1 Structure,
2.1.2 Spermatogenesis
2.1.3 Spermiogenesis
2.1.4 Steroidogenesis endocrine, paracrine and autocrine regulation
2.2 Epididymis
2.2.1 Structure
2.2.2 Function
2.2.3 Regulation
2.3 Accessory sex organs
2.3.1 Prostate
2.3.2 Seminal vesicles
2.3.3 Bulbo urethral gland - structure, function and regulation
Unit 3: Female reproductive tract (15 L)
Objective:
To aware the learners about female gonadial structure and their functions in the
reproduction.
Desired outcome:
The learners will aware the process of gametogenesis and the hormonal role in it.
3.1 Study of Uterus
3.1.1 Uterus and fallopian tube
3.1.2 Structure,
3.1.3 Function
3.1.4 Hormonal regulation
3.2 Reproductive cycles in vertebrates.
3.3 Mammary gland
3.3.1 Structure
3.3.2 Function
3.3.3 Regulation.
3.4 Reproductive disorders and problem of menopause
Unit 4: Contraception and hormones (15 L)
Objective:
To aware learners about the methods of family planning.
Desired outcome:
The learners will learnt various contraceptive methods to control birth.
4.1 Sterility: Male and Female
4.2 Regulation of male and female fertility.
4.3 Contraception: methods of contraception.
4.4 Surgical, hormonal and non-hormonal methods
4.5 Frontiers in contraceptive Research
PAPER 4: PSZOEND404
INSTRUMENTATION AND PRESENTATION
OF SCIENTIFIC DATA
Unit 1: Instrumentation (15 L)
Objective
To learn how to design and build instruments for laboratory measurement .
To understand fundamental principles of operation .
Desired Outcome
The learner will understand methods for operation of instruments and data analysis.
The learner will understand how instrumentation can advance scientific research.
1.1 Centrifugation:
Principle and applications of Centrifugation
Differential and density gradient Centrifugation
1.2 Electrophoresis:
Principle
Structural components
Applications
1.3 Chromatography:
Principle and applications
Adsorption
Ion exchange
Gel permeation
Affinity
1.4 Spectrophotometer:
Principle
Applications
1.5 PH meter
Principle
Applications
1.6 Microscopy
Binocular
Trinocular
Unit 2: Presentation of Scientific data (15 L)
Objective
To aware the students for good practice in data presentation.
To aware the students to use different data presentation formats .
Desired Outcome
The students will familiarize to explain their research data by using different techniques
for presenting their scientific data.
2.1 Types of presentation:
Oral
Poster
Written
Audio -visual
Aids for presentation
2.2 Preparing the manuscript
Guidelines for authors
The IMRAD format
2.3 Title, Byline, Abstract and Summary, Keywords
2.4 Introduction:
Defining the problem
Literature survey
Justification of study
2.5 Materials and Methods:
Contents
Sources
Procedures
Techniques
Reproducibility
Significance
2.6 Results:
Text
How to present data
Tables and illustrations
Writing captions
Labels and legends
2.7 Discussion:
Components and Sequence
Analysis, Comparison and Integration of Data
Likely Sources of Errors in Results
2.8 Conclusions and significance
Unit 3: Project (30 L)
Objective
To familiarize learner for analyzing a scientific occurrence with an investigation or to
solve a problem with an invention .
Desired Outcome
Research expands the current state of knowledge (at a certain cost) of the learners.
Experimental findings that may yield new insights or lead to other research among the
learners.
1. Dissertation 60 Marks
2. Examinations50 Marks
Guidelines to the Project:
1. The Project shall include:
Title of the Project
Aims, Objectives and Rationale
Materials and Methods
Observation and / Results
Interpretation of Observation / Results and Discussion
Conclusion and / Recommendation
Relevance of Work / Justification of Work with Project title
Relevant References
2. The project must be type -written using computer and printed for binding.
3. No minimum or maximum limit of the number of pages is defined since the volume
of the proposal is dependent on the scope of the selec ted topic.
4. Name of the mentor may be reflected on the first page of the project proposal along
with the student’s names.
5. The hard copy of proposal must be retained and submitted along with the
dissertation in the examination for the reference of the external examiner/s.
6. Student should prepare individual power point presentation (PPT) on the project and
must present it in front of examiners at the time of examination.
7. The project will be prepared individually by students.
M. Sc. Part 2: Semester IV
Practical 1: PSZOEND4P1
1. Study of neuroendocrine system of Sepia /Mytilus
2. Estimation of Glucose level after Eye stalk ablation in edible crab ( Scylla serrata ).
3. Mounting of chromatophore of Sepia .
4. Identification: X -organ ,Y -organ, carpora cardia ca, corpora allata, optic gland, moulting gland,
by photographs / permanent slides / ICT tools / models
Practical 2: PSZOEND4P2
1. Effect of epinephrine on blood sugar level in cat fish.
2. Study of glycogen level (liver / muscle) in bony fish
3. Paper chromatographic separation of steroid hormones
4. Study of polycystic ovary (Slides / photographs)
5. Estimation of adrenal cholesterol from goat / chicken.
6. Estimation of ascorbic acid from adrenal / testis of goat / chicken.
Practical 3: PSZOEND4P3
1. Study of gonado -somatric index.
2. Induced breeding technique in fish with injection of pituitary extract)
3. Extraction of total gonadotropins from human pregnant urine.
4. Study of endocrine disorders of pituitary, Thyroid, Adrenal - Symptoms, effects a nd causes (by
photographs)(Identification)
Practical 4: PSZOEND4P4
Instrumentation and Presentation of Scientific data
The practical of Semester 4 paper 4 comprises the Research Project for which students will have
to take up a particular topic based on which they will be doing research applying the ethics of
research, methods and methodology, etc. They are expected to abide rules of Scientific Research
and if possible derive at a conclusion for the same. This will help the learners to build a strong
foundation for pursuing research. Learners will acquaint about preparation of lay out, structure
and language of typical reports, illustrations and tables. Learners will gain l knowledge about how
to write bibliography, referencing and footnotes in reports and thesis or in research articles.
Further, learners will be oriented to presentation of data through effective communication with the
help of advanced visual technology. In addition to that they will be aware about the application of
results, environmental impacts, conservation of biodiversity, ethical issues and ethical
committees. The practical should be organized in such a manner that learners can be trained to
manage large data sets generated via multiple observations, arrange them in a proper format and
present them in relevant graphs/charts by adopting a hands -on in silico approach.
References PSZOEND401
1. Mandal A. (1994). Handbook of Neuroendocrinology, EMKAY Publications.
2. Comparative Endocrinology of the Invertebrates, Kenneth C. Highnam , Second Edition, ELBS
Low price Edition.
3. Tambhare D. B. (2012). Invertebrate Endocrinology, Himalaya Publication House.
4. Invertebrate Endocrinology -Tombes, Academic Press.
5. Insect Endocrinology -Edited by Lawrence I Gilbert, Academic Press.
References PSZO END402
1. Barington (1979) Hormones and Evolution Vol. I&II Academic Press, New York.
2. Bentley P.J. (1994) Comparative Vertebrate Endocrinology -II Cambridge University Press,
New York.
3. Johnf -Laycock and Peter H. Wise, Essential of Endocrinology.
4. Wiliamas R.H. (1974) Text book of Endocrinology V. Ed. Saunders Press. London.
5. Turner C.D. and Bugnara J.T. (2013).General Endocrinology, sixth Edition, W.B. Saunders.
EPW East West Press Pvt. Ltd. New Delhi.
6. Endocrinology –Hadley
7. The physiology of reproduction, V ol I&II E.K. Nobil and JU.D. Neil, Raven Press, New York.
8. Benjamin Levin -Gene VII, Oxford University Press.
9. Lodish et.al. Molecular Cell Biology
10. Mammalian Endocrinology, Ashok Kumar Boral, New Central Book Agency (P) Ltd. London
11. Zarrow M.X. and Mc Carthy J .L. (1964). Experimental Endocrinology, Academic Press, New
York.
12. Norris D.O. (1996). Vertebrate Endocrinology IIIrd Ed. Academic Press,
13. Norris: Vertebrate Endocrinology 4th Ed.2007 Elsevier)
14. Mammalian Endocrinology, Manoj Yadav,(2008). Discovery publishing House Ltd. New Delhi.
15. Chandra S. Negi (2015). Introduction to Endocrinology - PHI Learning, Pvt.Ltd. New Delhi.
16. Endocrinology -P.R.Yadav, Discovery publishing House Ltd. New Delhi.
17. Endocrinology, Hormones and Human Health -Prakash S. Lohar, MJP Pu blisher, Chennai.
18. Franlyn F. Bolander, Molecular Endocrinology – (Third Edition), Academic Press, An Imprint of
Elsevier, California, U.S.A.
References PSZOEND403
1. Barington (1979) Hormones and Evolution Vol. I&II Academic Press, New York.
2. Bentley P.J. (1994) Comparative Vertebrate Endocrinology -II Cambridge University Press,
New York.
3. Johnf -Laycock and Peter H. Wise, Essential of Endocrinology.
4. Wiliamas R.H. (1974) Text book of Endocrinology V. Ed. Saunders Press. London.
5. Turner C.D. and Bugnara J.T. (2013).General Endocrinology, sixth Edition, W.B. Saunders.
EPW East West Press Pvt. Ltd. New Delhi.
6. Endocrinology –Hadley
7. The physiology of reproduction, Vol I&II E.K. Nobil and JU.D. Neil, Raven Press, New York.
8. Mammalian End ocrinology, Ashok Kumar Boral, New Central Book Agency (P) Ltd. London
9. Zarrow M.X. and Mc Carthy J.L. (1964). Experimental Endocrinology, Academic Press, New
York.
10. Norris D.O. (1996). Vertebrate Endocrinology IIIrd Ed. Academic Press,
11. Norris: Vertebrate En docrinology 4th Ed.2007 (Elsevier)
12. Mammalian Endocrinology, Manoj Yadav,(2008). Discovery publishing House Ltd. New Delhi.
13. Chandra S. Negi (2015). Introduction to Endocrinology - PHI Learning, Pvt.Ltd. New Delhi.
14. Endocrinology -P.R.Yadav, Discovery publishi ng House Ltd. New Delhi.
15. Endocrinology, Hormones and Human Health -Prakash S. Lohar, MJP Publisher, Chennai.
References PSZOEND404
1. Sharma V.K. (1991) - Techniques in microscopy and cell biology, Tata-McGrawHill.
2. Bisen & Mathew - Tools and Techniques in Life Sciences – CBS Publishers & distributors.
3. Robert Braun - Introduction to Instrumental Analysis. McGraw Hill International Editions
4. Wilson and Walker – Principles and Techniques of Practical Biochemistry. Cambridge
Univ.Press.
5. C. R. Kothari – Research Methodology, Methods and Techniques. Wiley Eastern Ltd. Mumbai.
University of Mumbai
M.Sc. ZOOLOGY (Endocrinology and Reproductive Physiology)
Semester III / Semester IV EXAMINATIONS
Modality of Assessment
A. Internal Assessment 40%
Sr. No. Evaluation type Total Marks
1 One Assignments / Case study 25
2 Active participation in routine class instructional deliveries 05
3 Attendance – (0-25% = 0 marks, 25 -50% = 1mark, 50 -75% =
3 marks and 75 -100%= 5 marks) 05
4 Overall conduct as a responsible student, manners, skill in
articulation, leadership qualities demonstrated through
organizing co ‐curricular, etc. 05
B. External Assessment 60%
a. Semester End Examination 60 Marks
Duration – These examinations shall be of two and half hours duration for each
paper.
Theory Question Paper Pattern:
There shall be five questions each of 12 marks. On each unit there will be one
question and the first one will be based on entire syllabus.
All questions shall be compulsory with in ternal choice within the questions.
Each question will be of 18 to 30 marks with options.
Question may be subdivided into sub questions a, b, c… and the allocation of
marks depend on the weightage of the topic.
b. Practicals: 50 Marks
c. Project in Semester IV: Internal Examination 40 Marks
Dissertation: 60 Marks
External Evaluation: 50 Marks
*Note - The practicals may be conducted by using specimens authorized by the wild life
and such other regulating authorities though it is strongly recommended that the same
should be taught by using photographs / audio -visual aids / simulations / models etc. as
recommended by the UGC and as envisaged in the regulation of the relevant monitoring
bodies. No new specimens, however, shall be procured for the purpos e of conducting
practicals mentioned here -in above.
N.B:
I) It is pertinent to note that we have to adhere strictly to the directions as given in the UGC
Circular F14 -4/2006 (CPP -II).
II) Apart from the Institutional Animal Ethics Committee (IAEC) and any other Committee
appointed by a Competent Authority / Body from time to time, every college should constitute the
following Committees:
1) A Committee for the Purpose of Care and Supervision of Experimental Animals
(CPCSEA) and
2) A Dissection Monitoring Committee (DMC ) to ensure that no dissections are done.
Composition of DMC shall be as follows:
i) Head of the Concerned Department (Convener / Chairperson)
ii) Two Senior Faculty Members of the concerned Department
iii) One Faculty of related department from the same College
iv) One or two members of related department from neighbouring colleges.
Use of animals for any experiment / dissection /mounting is banned. Simulations,
authorized permanent specimens / slides, charts, models and other innovative
methods are encouraged.
University of Mumbai
M.Sc. ZOOLOGY (Endocrinology and Reproductive Physiology)
Paper Pattern of
Semester III (Papers 1, 2, 3, 4) / IV (Papers 1, 2, 3) Examination
Maximum Marks: 60 Duration: 2.5 Hours Marks Option: 90
Question 1. Based on Unit I to IV (Mixed Questions)
Question 2. Based on Unit I
Question 3. Based on Unit II
Question 4. Based on Unit III
Question 5. Based on Unit IV
Instructions:
a. All questions are compulsory.
b. All questions carry equal marks.
c. Draw neat and labelled diagrams wherever necessary.
1. Answer any four questions from the following: (Based on all 4 Units) (12)
a)
b)
c)
d)
e)
f)
2. Answer any two questions from the following: (Based on Unit I) (12)
a)
b)
c)
3. Answer any two questions from the following: (Based on Unit II) (12)
a)
b)
c)
4. Answer any two questions from the following: (Based on Unit III) (12)
a)
b)
c)
5. Answer any two questions from the following: (Based on Unit IV) (12)
a)
b)
c)
Semester IV Examination
Paper IV: Instrumentation and Presentation of Scientific data
Internal (Theory) Paper Pattern of PSZOEND404
Maximum Marks: 40 Duration: 1.15 Hours Marks Option: 60
Instructions:
a. All questions are compulsory.
b. Draw neat and labeled diagrams wherever necessary.
1. Fill in the blank by choosing the correct option given in the brackets (Based on both Units) Four
sub-questions from each unit. (08)
2. Answer any two questions from the following: (Based on Unit I) (16)
a)
b)
c)
3. Answer any two questions from the following: (Based on Unit II) (16)
a)
b)
c)
Skeleton of Practical Examination Question Paper Practical Practical
1: PSZOEND3P1
Time: 10:00 am to 3:00 pm Total Marks: 50
1. Dissect prawn / cockroach so as expose its neuroendocrine system. 20
OR
1. Make a temporary preparation of neurosecretory cells in cockroach and make report. 20
OR
1. Dissect Sepia so as to expose its reproductive system. 20
2. Submit any one permanent slide of invertebrates’ neurosecretory cells and make report.
10
3. Identify and comment on neurosecretory cells in invertebrates 10
4. Viva voce. 05
5. Journal. 05
Practical 2: PSZOEND3P2
Time: 10:00 am to 3:00 pm Total Marks: 50
1. Demonstrate effect of epinephrine on blood sugar level in cat fish. 20
OR
1. Perform experiment for separation of mixture of amino acids by paper chromatography.
20
2. Dissect given teleost fish so as to expose its reproductive system. 10
OR
2. Demonstrate the endocrine glands of vertebrate group (rat/mice). 10
(Simulation / photographs/ ICT, etc.)
2. OR
Perform experiment to show hypophysectomy in fish (catfish / Tilapia)
10
3. Identify and comment on histological structure of endocrine glands (any two). 10
3. OR
Identify and describe (Types of placentae)
10
4. Viva voce based on theory. 05
5. Journal. 05
Practical 3: PSZOEND3P3
Time: 10:00 am to 3:00 pm Total Marks: 50
1. Diagnose the pregnancy by presence/ absence of HCG in urine. 20
OR
1. Submit histological slides of adrenal, ovary and testis in vertebrate (goat/chicken) (any one).
20
2. Demonstrate phytosteroid -mimicking as animal steroid. 10
2. OR
Demonstrate the technique of ectomies in vertebrates and comment.
10
3. Identify and describe estrous cycle in different mammals
(Slides/Photographs/TC tools/models/charts/photographs) (Identification) 10
4. Viva voce. 05
5. Journal. 05
Practical 4: PSZOEND3P4
Time: 10:00 am to 3:00 pm Total Marks: 50
1. Estimate calcium level from the given blood sample. 20
OR
1. Estimate glucose level from the given blood sample. 20
2. Demonstrate the effect of acetylcholine/adrenalin on Fish chromatophores. 10
3. Identification (Endocrine disorders in human) (Any Two) 10
4. Viva voce. 05
5. Journal. 05
Practical 1: PSZOEND4P1
Time: 10:00 am to 3:00 pm Total Marks: 50
1. Dissect nervous system of Mytilus / Sepia . 20
2. Estimate glucose level after eyestalk ablation in edible crab (Scylla serrata ). 10
OR
2. Mounting of chromatophore of sepia. 10
3. Identify and describe the given photographs/pictures of neurosecretory cells of different
invertebrate classes (Any Two) 10
4. Viva voce based on theory. 05
5. Journal. 05
Practical 2: PSZOEND4P2
Time: 10:00 am to 3:00 pm Total Marks: 50
1. Estimate adrenal cholesterol from the given vertebrate tissues (goat / chicken). 20
OR
1. Estimate ascorbic acid from the given vertebrate adrenal / testis (goat / chicken). 20
2. Identification. (Polycystic ovary by Slides / photographs). 10
3. Demonstrate glycogen level (liver / muscle) from the given bony fish. 10
4. Viva voce based on theory. 05
5. Journal. 05
Practical 3: PSZOEND4P3
Time: 10:00 am to 3:00 pm Total Marks: 50
1. Extract total gonadotropins from the given human pregnant urine. 20
OR
1. Perform the experiment on Induced breeding technique in given fish with injection of pituitary
extract. 20
2. Calculate gonado -somatric index of the given fish. 10
2. OR
Estimate the fecundity of the given fish using the data provided.
10
3. Identify and describe. (endocrine disorders, symptoms, effects and causes) 10
4. Viva voce based on theory. 05
5. Journal 05
Skeleton of Practical Examination
Question Paper: Practical 4 PSZOEND4P4
Evaluation of Project of Paper IV Project: 60 Marks
1. Title of the Project 01
2. Aim, Objectives and Rationale 04
3. Materials and Methods 05
4. Observations and / Results 10
5. Interpretation of Observations / Results and Discussion 10
6. Conclusion and / Recommendation 10
7. Relevant work / Justification of work with Project title 10
8. Relevant References 05
9. Certified Dissertation 05
External Evaluation: 50 Marks
1. Content of Presentation 10
2. Quality of Presentation 10
3. Presentation Skill 10
4. Quality of Work 10
5. Viva based on Proposal / Question Answer Session 10
***********************************************************
M.Sc. Part II (Semester III and Semester IV):
Zoology (Environmental Science)
Syllabus Committee Members
Dr. Nisar Shaikh
Chairman
G. M. Momin Women’s Col lege,
Bhiwandi, Dist. Thane , Mahara shtra Dr. Deelip Kakvipure
Convener
B. N. N. College, Dhamankar Naka,
Bhiwandi, Dist. Thane – 421 305
Dr. Mangesh Jamble
S. R. M. College, S. N. Deasai Chowk,
Udyamnagar , Kudal, Maharashtra –
416520 Dr. Vitthalrao B. Dandavate
Sathaye College, Dixit Road, Navpada,
Vile Parle (E),
Mumbai – 400 057
CONTENTS
1. Preface
2. Preamble
3. Pedagogy
4. Tables of Courses, Topics, Credits and Workload
5. Theory Syllabus for Semester III
(Course codes: PSZOEVS301 - PSZOEVS304)
6. Practical Syllabus for Semester III
(Course codes: PSZOEVS3P1 - PSZOEVS3P4)
7. Theory Syllabus fo r Semester IV
(Course codes: PSZOEVS401 - PSZOEVS404)
8. Practical Syllabus for Semester IV
(Course codes: PSZOEVS4P1 - PSZOEVS4P4)
9. References (Semester III and Semester IV)
10. Marking Scheme of Examination (Theory and Practical)
11. Skeleton Papers: Semester III and Semester IV
PREFACE
The main objective of reconstructing the Post Graduate syllabus of Zoology for Semester III and
Semester IV is to provide global level advanced and skill oriented deep knowledge to the
stakeholders which is currently needed for their survival. The current research and teaching in
Zoology includes diverse aspects with a balance of organismic and reductionist biology. It offers
teaching and research programs in the diverse areas, such as, Animal Physiology, Entomology,
Fish Biolog y, Immunology, Developmental Biology, Cell Signaling, Cell Biology, Radiation Biology,
Reproductive Biology, Endocrinology, Genomics, Metagenomic, Cancer Biology, etc. Our vision is
to provide Global Knowledge in education, training & research in the field of Zoology where
teaching and research encrust detailed understanding from microbes to human. The broad skills
and deeper knowledge in the field would make them highly successful and excellent researcher in
advanced areas of research in the Biological sci ences.
Therefore, the Board of Study in Zoology aims to impart holistic understanding of Zoology by
“redefining Zoology” to students of every age so that they develop interest in Science. It also aims
to develop teaching and research programs that have re levance to society and employability. The
M.Sc. program is being revised under CBCS scheme of UGC to meet the expectations of
students.
To keep all of the above factors in mind, this syllabus was developed by the curriculum committee
of Mentors, subject e xperts from other Universities and dedicated teachers. Their major role was
to abridge, grow, augment and give a forward bearing to Zoology taught in undergraduate
curriculum, with projections to future requirements. They have successfully completed this
colossal task. I congratulate them.
Dr. Deelip L. Bharmal
Chairman Board of Studies in Zoology
University of Mumbai
PREAMBLE
I am extremely happy to present this new syllabus of Semester III and Semester IV to the teachers
and students of Post Graduate Course in Zoology of the specializations, Oceanography and
Fishery Technology, Entomology, Endocrinology, Animal Physiology and Environmental Science.
While constructing the syllabus, the relevant inputs have been considered from Mentors, subject
experts from various fields of other Universities, teachers and stakeholders to make it more
effective.
An attempt has been made to make post graduate courses competitive and on par with global
standards, as per the directives of University Grant Commission for t he implementation of choice
based credit system. Hence as per the guideline of UGC the present syllabus is made more
interesting with new, innovative topics as per need of the current situation of the world and
stakeholders.
The M.Sc. Zoology program prov ides an appropriate blend of classical and applied aspects of the
subject. This newly designed curriculum will allow students to acquire skills in handling scientific
instruments planning and performing in the laboratory and exercising critical judgment,
independent thinking and problem solving skills.
The utmost care has been taken to declare the final syllabus well in advance to enable the
teachers to make preparations before commencement of the academic year and facilitating
students to execute their ri ght to know the details before admissions.
The draft of Syllabus was approved in meeting of the Board of Studies in Zoology held on 10th
March 2020, and it was unanimously resolved to implement the revised syllabus of Zoology at
M.Sc. Semester ‐III and IV and make it effective from the Academic Year 2020 ‐2021 after approval
from concerned authorities of the University.
The success of this revamped syllabus will depend totally on the enthusiasm and interest shown
by the stakeholders.
Dr. Nisar Shaikh Chairman,
M.Sc. Part II
Syllabus Committee
PEDAGOGY
PSZOOEVS301 is ‘Introduction to Environmental Science’. It is the study involving basic
knowledge of different environmental components and their relevant aspects. It also involves
learning reg arding serious global and environmental issues like global warming, carbon credits
and biodiversity loss. It will also assist to encourage research in different areas of environmental
science and technologies. It also focuses the learner’s attention to gen erate awareness about
interrelationships between different divisions of ecosphere and impacts of various human activities
on different environmental parameters. The new areas included in the syllabus here are learning
about agricultural and industrial soci eties, public health &energy crisis. The other new areas of
environmental science included here are Tragedy of commons, national and international
standards of water quality, study on biography of some internationally reputed personalities known
for their social work towards different environmental aspects and conservation of natural
resources. So, it is expected that the learners may get well acquainted with the basic concepts of
environmental science.
PSZOOEVS302 is related with ‘Environmental Chemistry ’. It includes a study of concepts and
scope of environmental chemistry, chemistry of Air, Chemistry of organic and inorganic chemicals
in environment. This paper also includes advanced chapters that will help the learners to get the
knowledge of Environme ntal Monitoring through various sampling techniques. These studies are
incorporated with concerned detail studies of different advanced instruments and their procedures.
PSZOOEVS303 consists of topics concerned with the ‘Natural Resources and Their
Conse rvation’. It will help the learners to get an insight regarding optimum use of Natural
Resources and their conservation. It mainly focuses on all basic types of conventional resources
like water, land and forest resources. The emphasis is mainly given on c ertain sensitive issues like
mining, sustainable development, Wetland aquaculture, cloud seeding and Ground Water
Conservation etc.
PSZOOEVS304 consists of ‘Environmental Physics and Biology’. It is a study which includes
Heat and heat flow in biological system. Energy budget, its types and its various resources are the
main points of discussion here. Biomes of the world and environmental microbiology are also
included in this unit to make the learners access to relevant knowledge in the field of heat bud get.
Obviously, it aims at basic understanding about laws of thermodynamics, Hyperthermia treatment
for cancer and tumors, role of IREDA and MEDA, energy from sun and biomass, bio -geographical
realms, flora and fauna of India, Microbiology of water, air an d soil. It also includes environmental
microbiology involving various aspects of air, water and soil microbiology and few relevant
diseases.
PSZOOEVS401 is related with ‘Environmental Science and Media’. It consists of use of
Information technology in Env ironmental science. It is mainly involving parameters like the study of
Environmental science and media, methods of scientific writing and its ethics etc. Main purpose of
this paper is to make the learners well acquainted with the use of social media and I nformation
technology in Environmental conservation, sustainable development, awareness etc. It also
supports in the studies of IPR and Patenting as well as Principles of remote sensing, GIS and
geographical information. This paper also highlights traditio nal and environmental journalism,
scientific writing, futurology and future science, trade secret, patents, application of remote
sensing.
PSZOOEVS402 is related with ‘Socio -economic Aspects of Environment’. It is a study
involving environmental economics , environmental education, concept of eco -development vs.
growth and national and international legislation. It also gives insight about environmental policies,
environmental and integrated health in India, right to healthy environment as fundamental right ,
integrated approach to environment and development.
PSZOOEVS403 consists of ‘Environmental Pollution’. It is a study of air pollution, water
pollution, solid waste pollution, radioactive and thermal pollution. It also gives insight of sources,
types, tr eatment and preventive measures of air, water, solid waste, radioactive and thermal
pollutions. The student will also be able to learn about specific case studies, acid rains,
eutrophication, radiation etc.
PSZOOCN404 consists of ‘Instrumentation and Pres entation of Scientific data’. It will help the
learners to choose suitable measuring instruments for their applications and understanding of
limitations, principles and measurement errors. The students will aware the efficiency of the
instruments. Similarl y the course also has the unit of presentation of scientific data. Text, tables,
and graphs for data and information presentation are very powerful communication tools. They
can make scientific report easy to understand, attract and sustain the interest of beneficiary.
Convener and Committee Members
M. Sc. II Zoology Syllabus
Choice Based Credit System
To be implemented from the Academ ic Year 2020-2021
Environmental Science: Semester III
Course Name
and Code Unit Topic Headings Credit Lecture/
Week College
Assessment
Internal University
Assessment
External
Paper I: Introduction to Environmental Science
PSZO EVS301 1 Meaning, Scope,
Interdisciplinary Nature of
science
4 1
40
60
2 Global & National
environmental Issues 1
3 Human Impact on environment
and its consequences 1
4 Concept of carrying capacity 1
Paper II: Environmental Chemistry
PSZO EVS302 1 Concept and scope of
environmental chemistry
4 1
40
60 2 Chemistry of Air 1
3 Chemistry of organic and
inorganic che micals in
environment 1
4 Environmental Monitoring and
Sample Analysis 1
Paper III: Natural Resources and Their Conservation
PSZO EVS303 1 Introduction to Natural
Resources
4 1
40
60 2 Biodiversity Conservation 1
3 Wetland and G round Water
Conservation 1
4 Forest Resources 1
Paper IV: Environmental Physics And Biolo gy
PSZOEVS304 1 Heat and heat flow in
biological system
4 1
40
60 2 Energy types and resources 1
3 Biomes of the World 1
4 Environment al Microbiology 1
Total 16 16 160 240
Practicals
PSZO EVS3P1 Practicals based on PSZO EVS301 2 4 – 50
PSZO EVS3P2
Practicals based on PSZO EVS302 2 4 – 50
PSZO EVS3P3
Practicals based on PSZO EVS303 2 4 – 50
PSZO EVS3P4 Practicals based on PSZO EVS304 2 4 – 50
Total 8 16 – 200
Grant Total 24 32 160 440
Environmental Science: S EMESTER IV
Course Name
and Code Unit Topic Headings Credit Lecture/
Week College
Assessment
Internal University
Assessment
External
Paper I: Information Technology and in Environmental sciences
PSZOEVS401 1 Environmental Science and
Media
4 1
40
60 2 Use of Information Technology
in Environmental study. 1
3 IPR and Patenting 1
4 Principle of remote sensing
and its application 1
Paper II: So cio-Economic aspects of environment
PSZOEVS402 1 Environmental Economics
4 1
40
60 2 Environmental Toxicology 1
3 Concepts of Eco -development
versus Growth 1
4 Environmental Education &
Legislation 1
Paper III: Environmental Pollution
PSZOEVS403 1 Air Pollution
4 1
40
60 2 Water Pollution 1
3 Soil Pollution 1
4 Radioactive Pollution 1
Paper IV: Instrumentation and Presentation of Scientific data
PSZO EVS404 1 Instrumentation
2 1
40
60 2 Presen tation of Scientific data 1
3 Project 2 2
Total 16 16 160 240
Practicals
PSZO EVS4P1 Practicals based on PSZO EVS401 2 4 – 50
PSZO EVS4P2
Practicals based on PSZO EVS402 2 4 – 50
PSZO EVS4P3
Practicals based on PSZO EVS403 2 4 – 50
PSZO EVS4P4 Practicals based on PSZO EVS404 2 4 – 50
Total 8 16 – 200
Grant Total 24 32 160 440
M. SC. PART 2: SEMESTER III (THEORY)
PAPER 1: PSZOEVS301
INTRODUCTION TO ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCE
Unit 1: Meaning, Scope, Interdisciplinary Nature of science (15 L)
Objective:
To encourage the learners for research on environmental, scientific and technological
issues relevant to different Environmental issues.
To aware the learners about heat budget and water masses of the environment.
Desired outcome
The learners may predict changes in key environmental parameters, scope Nature of
science.
The Learners may also be aware about types of water masses.
1.1 Ecosphere & Biosphere
1.2 Lithosphere
1.2.1 Physico -chemical characteristics
1.2.2 weathering & So il Formation
1.2.3 Geomorphologic processes
1.2.4 Stratification of lithosphere
1.3 Atmosphere
1.3.1 Physico -chemical characteristics
1.3.2 Divisions, composition & significance of components
1.4 Hydrosphere
1.4.1 Physico -chemical characteristics
1.4.2 Range of aquatic habitats
1.4.3 Comparison aquatic a nd terrestrial habitats
1.5 Interrelationship between the divisions of Ecosphere
Unit 2: Global & National environmental Issues (15 L)
Objective :
To aware the learners about the Global and National Environmental issues
To offer the p latform for discussion and solve the problem related to environmental issues .
Desired outcome:
The Learner may explain, distinguish and apply advanced knowledge of the key concepts
and principles of recent environmental issues.
2.1 Greenhouse effect
2.2 Acid Ra in
2.3 Carbon credit and Carbon Sequestration
2.4 Clean Development Mechanism.
2.5 Carbon credits
2.6 Deforestation and Desertification
2.7 Biodiversity Loss
2.8 Forest fires (Case studies: Brazil and Australian Forest fires)
Unit 3: Human Impact on environment and its conse quences (15 L)
Objective :
To encourage the learners to get an insight of different human activities those are
interfering with the existence of natural resources and biodiversity.
To focus on the studies of impact of cultural changes as well as agricultural societies and
industrial societies with reference to conservation of natural resources. To aware the
learners about heat budget and water masses of the environment.
Desired outcome :
The learners may be able to get an insight of ef fects of population explosion, concept of
agricultural and industrial societies, impact of cultural changes on environment as well as
scope Nature of science
The Learners may be aware of impact of human being on various environmental
parameters.
3.1 Hunting a nd gathering
3.2 Agriculture and Industrial societies
3.3 Impact of cultural change on environment
3.4 Population explosion
3.5 Urbanization, industrialization food security, public health and energy crisis
3.6 Efforts for conservation: Case studies of the work done by -
3.6.1 Rahib ai Popare – Natural Seed Bank
3.6.2 Greta Thunberg – Environmental Protection
3.6.3 Steve Irwin – Marine Biodiversity studies and Conservation
3.6.4 Tulasi Gowda – Encyclopaedia of forests
3.6.5 Sunita Narain – Green concept of sustainable development
3.6.6 Wangari Maathai – Green Bel t Movement
3.6.7 Jane Gudal – Primatologist
3.6.8 Saalmumarada Thimmakka – Environmental activist [Tree Plantation]
Unit 4: Concept of ecosystems and community (15 L)
Objective :
To aware the learners about the important concepts in ecosystem and community ecology .
To inform the learners about the concepts of carrying capacity, sustainability and
concerned population parameters and standards.
To make the learners to think of future scenarios of environmental status .
Desired outcome :
The Learner may understand the basic concepts of ecosystem and community
To get the idea about environmental sustainability and standard parameters of different
environmental standards .
4.1 Biotic and abiotic components of environme nt
4.2 Types of ecosystems and their characters
4.2.1 Terrestrial:
a) Forests and their types
b) Deserts (Hot and Cold)
c) Grasslands
d) Tundra
4.2.2 Fresh water: Lentic and lotic with examples
4.2.3 Estuarine and brackish water ecosystems with special reference to mangrove
ecosystems
4.2.4 Marine ecosystems: Oceans, sea and Bay
4.2.5 Glaciers and life of Polar regions
4.2.6 Wetlands: Types, characters and significance, Concept of Ramsar convention
4.3 Concept of sustainability and carrying capacity
4.4 Tragedy of commons
4.5 Water quality parameters and standards (In dian standards, Bis standards and WHO
standards)
4.6 Hunan population and food
4.7 Water and energy security
4.8 Present status of environment and future scenarios
PAPER 2: PSZOEVS302
ENVIRONMENTAL CHEMISTRY
Unit 1: Concept and Scope of Environmental Chemistry (15 L)
Objective :
To encourage the learners about the basic concepts of different chemical
components of environment and different issues related to that.
Desired outcome :
The learners may get acquainted with basics of key environmental par ameters and
the scope of relevant studies
The learners will be equipped with the different components of the environment
1.1 Concept and scope of environmental chemistry
1.2 Chemistry of environmental segments
1.2.1 Lithosphere
1.2.2 Hydrosphere
1.2.3 Atmosphere
Unit 2: Chemistry of Air (15 L)
Objective :
To encourage the learners about various chemical factors of atmosphere and their
impact on life on earth.
To aware the learners about photochemical reactions occurring in the atmosphere
like photochemical s mog
Desired outcome :
The learners may get an adequate knowledge regarding air composition and
different chemical reactions of atmosphere that can influence on different forms of
life.
2.1 Classification of elements in air, composition of air and chemical s peciation
2.2 Particle ions and radicals in the atmosphere, Chemical processes for formation of non -
organic and organic particulate matter
2.3 Thermo chemical and photochemical reactions in the atmosphere
2.4 Chemistry of oxygen and ozone, chemistr y of selective air p ollutants – photochemical
smog
Unit 3: Chemistry of Water and Soil (15 L)
Objective :
To encourage the learners about basic concepts of water and soil chemistry
Also to focus on impacts of different parameters of these environmental co mponents
and their role in the concerned ecosystems
Desired outcome :
The learners may be able to analyze different components of water and soil
ecosystems
The Learners may become aware of flora and fauna of the concerned ecosystems
3.1 Chemistry of Water :
3.1.1 Physical parameters of water – pH, temperature, turbidity, Total dissolved
solids, conductance
3.1.2 Chemical parameters of water – Dissolved oxygen, Free CO 2, Hardness,
Salinity
3.1.3 Biological parameters of water
a) Microflora and microfaun a [Neuston and Plankton study]
b) Macroflora and macrofauna
3.2 Chemistry of Soil:
3.2.1 Physico -chemical factors of soil – Color, Nutrient composition, Water holding
capacity, pH,
3.2.2 Types of soil and soil profile
3.2.3 Factors influencing soil fertility
3.2.4 Soil flora and fauna [Brief account]
3.2.5 Information of soils from different parts of India
Unit 4: Environmental Monitoring and Sample An alysis (15 L)
Objective :
To encourage the learners for research on environmental, scientific and
technological issues relevant to th e Environment.
Desired outcome :
The learners may predict changes in key environmental parameters and their impact
on ecosystems
4.1 Sampling of air and water pollutants:
4.1.1 Monitoring techniques and methodology
4.1.2 Chemical oxygen demand (COD), Biological Oxyge n demand (BOD)
4.2 Monitoring and analysis of particulate matter, Carbon monoxide, Carbon dioxide,
Nitrogen oxides, Sulphur oxides, Pesticide residues, Phenols and Petrochemicals
PAPER 3: PSZO EVS303
NATURAL RESOURCES AND THEIR CONSERVATION
Unit 1: Introduct ion to Natural Resources (15 L)
Objective:
To make the learners aware of natural resources and their present status as well as
nature of exploitation
To convey the basic knowledge of sustainable development and conservation o f
natural resources.
Desired outcome:
The learners may be able to get an idea about different types of natural resources
and their present scenario in different parts of the world.
The Learners may become aware of policies regarding sustainable devel opment. .
1.1 Classification of Natural Resources
1.2 Types: Conventional & Non -conventional, Biodegradable and non -biodegradable,
renewable and non -renewable
1.3 Exploration of natural resources and its relation with economic growth
1.4 Demand of resources
1.5 Concept of S ustainable Development, different types of Government policies in
Sustainable development
1.6 Strategies for conservation and management of natural resources.
Unit 2: Water Resource (15 L)
Objective:
To encourage the learners about mana gement of aquatic resources and related
matters
To aware the learners about new concepts in water management
Desired outcome:
The learners may get acquainted with different types of consumable water resources
and their management.
2.1 Manmade water resour ces:
2.1.1 Storing water by dams
2.1.2 Cloud seeding
2.1.3 Water from icebergs
2.1.4 Desalination
2.1.5 Ground water and its channeling, recharging and its significance
2.1.6 Farm ponds in agricultural lands and their significance
2.1.7 Domestic rain water harvesting
2.2 Degradation of Water aquifers and its reasons : Case study: Reduction in ground
water table and its impacts all over the world
2.3 Management strategies for water conservation: Personal and public [National Lake
Conservation Plan - NLCP] and National Wetlands Conservation Program [NWCP]
Unit 3: Land Resources (15 L)
Objective:
To encourage the learners about basics of land resources and their management .
To aware the learners about different concepts in soil resource management .
Desired outcome:
The l earners may get acquainted with different strategies and policies regarding soil
management.
3.1 Land resources – types of lands: Agricultural & nonagricultural lands, arid lands,
3.2 Concept of Green Revolution
3.3 Degradation of land resources due to soil erosion , overuse of chemical fertilizers,
weedicides and pesticides
3.4 Need of Soil conservation
3.5 Strategies of land conservation by organic farming, use of manures, Bio -fertilizers and
Biological pest control
3.6 Nonagricultural uses of land - aquaculture practices, mine ral development, Mining
3.7 Case Study - Impact of sugarcane farming and sugar industry
Unit 4: Forest Resources (15 L)
Objective:
To introduce the learners with the causes of deforestation and need of silviculture .
Present st atus of ratio of trees to human populations worldwide and in India
To encourage awareness program among common peo ple and environmental
education.
Desired outcome:
The learners may get adequate knowledge about various forest resources and their
manageme nt.
4.1 Forest as main resources in the past, present and future
4.2 Causes of deforestation and their impacts
4.3 Silviculture: Concept, objectives and advantages
4.4 Social Forestry, Joint Forest Management Program and Agro -forestry system
4.5 Concept of Sacred groves
4.5.1 Types of sacred groves (personally owned,
4.5.2 Owned by local deity trust and owned by local Government agencies),
4.5.3 Role of sacred groves in conservation of forest resources
4.6 Generation of botanical gardens, medicinal plant gardens and seed banks as a part of
forest conservation
4.7 Concept of energy plantation and its significance
4.8 Forest ecotourism
PAPER 4: PSZOEVS304
ENVIRONMENTAL PHYSICS AND BIOLOGY
Unit 1: Heat and heat flow in biological system (15 L)
Objective :
To make the learner s acquainted with different resources, patterns of heat flow and
exchange methods in environment .
Desired outcome :
The learners may predict changes in key environmental parameters, scope Nature
of science.
The Learners may aware about water type and mas ses.
1.1 Environmental Physics:
1.1.1 Concept of heat and heat flow in biological systems
1.1.2 Heat capacity, heat exchange, waste heat and its environmental implications
1.1.3 Sound – Its nature, energy, intensity of sound waves, ear and hearing, noise
measurements and its effects
1.1.4 Radiation
a) Introduction and types
b) Absorption of radiation and units of dose
c) Radiation as a tool in biological investigations
1.2 Environmental Biology:
1.2.1 Applications of principles of thermodynamics to life
1.2.2 Hypothermia treatment for cancers and tumors
Unit 2: Energy types and resources (15 L)
Objective
To encourage research on environmental, scientific and technological issues
relevant to the environment.
To aware the learners about heat budget and water masses of the envi ronment.
Desired outcome
The learners may predict changes in key environmental parameters, scope Nature
of science.
The Learners may aware about water type and masses.
2.1 Introduction to energy resources:
2.1.1 Human energy requirements for basal metabolism, me tabolic response to food,
Physical activity, growth, pregnancy and lactation
2.1.2 Patterns of energy use in different parts of the world with special emphasis on
India and its impact on environment
2.1.3 Sources of energy and their classification
2.1.4 Energy forms and tra nsformation energy use pattern in rural and urban area
2.1.5 Role of IREDA (Indian Renewable Energy Development Agency) and MEDA
(Maharashtra Energy Developme nt Agency) in energy generation
2.2 Fossil Fuels:
2.2.1 Classification, composition, physicochemical characteri stics
2.2.2 Concept of energy content and energy content of coal, petroleum and natural
gas
2.2.3 Environmental problems associated with exploration/mining, processing,
transportation and uses
2.3 Energy from the Sun and Biomass
2.3.1 Sun as a source of energy
2.3.2 Harnessing of solar energy
2.3.3 Solar collectors and concentrators
2.3.4 Solar thermal energy
2.3.5 Solar electricity generation
2.3.6 Solar heaters, dryers, cookers, and photovoltaic
2.3.7 Biomass composition and types
2.3.8 Conversion process
a) Pyrolysis
b) Charcoal production
c) Compression
d) Gasification
e) Liquefaction
2.3.9 Biogas production and uses and energy from solid wastes
2.4 Energy from water, wind and Geothermal, Nuclear energy
2.4.1 Hydroelectric power and its impact on environment
2.4.2 Energy from tides and waves
2.4.3 Wind power and its potential in India
2.4.4 Temperature aq uifers and geothermal energy prospect in India
2.4.5 Nuclear fission and fusion, nuclear reactors and radioactive waste
Unit 3: Biomes and biodiversity hotspots of the World (15 L)
Objective
To encourage the students to know more about bi omes and biodiversity hotspots of
the world.
Desired outcome
Learners will be acquitted with the animal distribution pattern on the basis
topographical and climatological conditions and their interregional relationship.
3.1 Concept of biome and biodiversity hot spots
3.2 Study of Topography, climatic factors and flora -fauna of Bio -geographical realms
3.2.1 Palearctic
3.2.2 Nearctic
3.2.3 Afrotropic
3.2.4 Indomalaya
3.2.5 Australasia
3.2.6 Neotropic
3.2.7 Oceanea and Antarctic
3.3 Study of biodiversity hotspots in India
Unit 4: Environmental Microbiol ogy (15 L)
Objective
To offer the learners the basic knowledge regarding different types of micro -
organisms and their role in environment
To aware the learners about microbiology of different environmental components
Desired outcome
The learners may be able to get a substantial knowledge about different aspects of
microbes and their role in different components of the environment.
4.1 Environmental Microbiology
4.1.1 Prokaryotes
4.1.2 Classification of microbes
4.1.3 Microbial communities i n nature and their interaction with hu man beings,
animals and plants
4.1.4 Dispersal of micro -organisms in different environment
4.1.5 Pure culture concept, techniques, preservation and maintenance of microbial
culture
4.2 Water Microbiology
4.2.1 Water borne diseases
4.2.2 Biore mediation used for effluents
4.3 Air Microbiology
4.3.1 Aerobiology, allergy, role of micro organisms in air borne diseases
4.3.2 Classification enumeration of microbes in air, dust, droplets and droplet nuclei
4.4 Soil Microbiology
4.4.1 Importan ce microbes for soil fertility
4.4.2 Biodegradation
4.4.3 Soil borne diseases
4.4.4 Role of microbes in soil reclamation
M. Sc. Part 2: Semester III Practical
Practical 1: PSZOEVS3P1
1. Estimation of various diversity indices from at least four different local ecosystems by
using quadrate and line transect methods.
2. Collection, laboratory culture and identification of planktons from two different local
aquatic ecosystems. Preparation of at least 05 permanent slides with proper
identifications.
3. Determination of primary productivity by light and dark bottle me thod.
4. Determination of status of water quality of a given ecosystem by –
a) Estimation of dissolved oxygen (DO)
b) Estimation of Salinity
c) Estimation of Hardness
d) Estimation of Phosphate -phosphorous
e) Estimation of Nitrates [NO 3-N] and Nitrites [NO 2-N]
f) Estimatio n of heavy metals – Cu, Zn & Pb
g) Estimation of Free CO 2
h) Comparison of the results of all above estimations with national and international
standards to determine the standard of water quality in the ecosystem under
study
5. Visit to an NGO in your area workin g in the field of environmental conservation. Make a
report of the work being done by the NGO.
6. Visit and make an interview/discussion with a renowned naturalist, Conservationist or
ecologist in your area with the help of a well -prepared questionnaire. Make a case study
report on the work done by that person, importance of the work and its impact on local
population. Attach the sample questionnaire with your report.
7. Visit and Make a report on geological stratification and geographical features of any
habitat region of your choice.
8. Prepare a proper questionnaire and interview any ten people of your choice to
understand their views and attitudes towards utilization of natural resources, sustainable
development and conservation of nature. Make a consolidated rep ort on that. Attach the
sample questionnaire with your report.
Practical 2: PSZOEVS3P2
1. Determination of types of particulate matter, its concentration and overall impact on
environment from selected area to determine its air quality.
2. Determination of status of water quality of a given ecosystem by –
a) Estimation of pH
b) Estimation of Turbidity
c) Estimation of Conductance
d) Estimation of Total dissolved solids
e) Estimation of Suspended solids
f) Estimation of Chemical Oxygen Demand (COD)
g) Estimation of Biologic al Oxygen Demand (BOD)
3. Qualitative as well as quantitative estimation of Planktons from two selected aquatic
ecosystems.
4. Survey of macroflora and macrofauna of the same selected aquatic ecosystems.
5. Determination of food chain and food web in those selected aquatic ecosystems.
6. Estimation of physicochemical factors of soil – colour, pH and water holding capacity.
7. Make a report on different types of pesticides and fertilizers used in agricultural
practices in your area. Comment on their impact on agricultural yield, local ecosystems,
animal communities and human beings.
8. Make a consolidated report on soil profile involving information regarding soil flora and
fauna of any five different spots of your choice in your area. Write your comments on
fertility of the s oil, need of its improvement, if any and strategies to improve the same.
Practical 3: PSZOEVS3P3
1. Determination of total organic matter in soil.
2. Determination of Sodium Absorption Ratio (SAR) value of soil.
3. Determination of total nitrogen value of the so il by Kjeldahl’s method.
4. Determination of mechanical composition of soil by Pipette method.
5. Determination of Cation -exchange capacity, moisture content, alkalinity/acidity of soil
sample.
6. Determination of Residual Chlorine from drinking water using colorim etric method.
7. Make a brief study on types of natural resources available in your area, the way and
extent of their use by local population, their present status and methods of their
conservation.
8. Make a report on present status of ground water table and ot her fresh water aquifers in
your area. Comment on the strategies like rain water harvesting, followed in your area,
for water conservation.
9. Make a biodiversity survey and/or habitat type survey of your choice from your own
area. Produce a consolidated sci entific report of that.
Practical 4: PSZOEVS3P4
1. Study of Topography, climatic factors and flora -fauna of Bio - geographical realms with
the help of maps –
a) Palearctic
b) Nearctic
c) Afrotropic
d) Indomalaya
e) Australasia
f) Neotropic
g) Oceanea and Antarctic
2. Prepare a m ap of India, showing bio -geographical zones and expanse of territorial
waters.
3. Prepare a map of Maharashtra showing Protected Area Network (PAN) in it.
4. Prepare a document of endemic and exotic species of plants and animals for a selected
PAN.
5. Indicate dist ribution range of endangered plant and animal species on Indian map.
6. To study qualitative and quantitative characters of a plant community by quadrate
method.
7. To study a plant community by using line transect method using line, belt and profile
transects.
# Two compulsory short field excursions of one day and one long excursion for the study different
aspects from all theory papers. Properly written excursion report should be presented by each
student along with the journal of IVth Paper Practical Examinat ion. A separate viva must be taken by
the examiners on that report. Students not producing the excursion report at the time of examination
shall be asked additional relevant questions apart from regular viva of the examination. But such
students will get m aximum up to 50% marks only from those allotted for the excursion report in such
cases.
M. SC. PART 2: SEMESTER IV (THEORY)
PAPER 1: PSZOEVS401
INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY IN
ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCES
Unit 1: Environmental Science and Media (15 L)
Objective :
To make the learners aware of use of information technology in different areas of
environmental science
To generate an awareness towards common environmental education using
different information technologies and social media
Desired outc ome:
The learners may get well acquainted with the advances in social media towards
environmental education as well as research.
1.1 Trend of environmental journalism, role of print and electronic media
1.2 Environmental awareness through mass media, application in environmental
protection
1.3 Scientific writing on environmental issues, Principals of research experimentation in
environmental science, ethics in scientific writing on environmental crisis and issues
Role and involvement of NGOS Women and youth in en vironmental protection
1.4 Use of social media in generation of environmental awareness and education
1.5 Need of environmental education in academic fields as well as social fields
Unit 2: Use of Information Technology in Environmental studies (15 L)
Objective :
To make the learners aware of use of information technology in different areas of
environmental science.
To generate an awareness towards common environmental education using
different information technologies and social media
Desired outcome :
The learners may get well acquainted with the advances in information technology
towards environmental education as well as research.
2.1 Definition and scope of information technology
2.2 Futurology and future science, impact of changing lif e styles and innovative
technologies
2.3 Future needs and humanity, new ethics in research in environmental sciences, space
travel, robotics etc.
2.4 Use of information technology in environmental education with suitable examples
Unit III: IPR and Patenting (15 L)
Objective :
To make the learners aware of intellectual property rights and patenting in the field
of environmental science.
Desired outcome :
The learners may get a knowledge of intellectual property rights in the field of
environmental science with respect to discovery of new species and similar
concerns .
3.1 Intellectual property right (IPR)
3.2 Trade secret, patent - rules and regulations
3.3 International harmonization of patent laws, Protection of inventions
3.4 Benefits from IPR and pr oblems from IPR
3.5 Patenting methods for discovery of new species with proper evidence and proof,
discoveries of new drugs, tools and techniques or methodology in concern with the
environmental science
Unit IV: Principles of remote sensing, Geographical Info rmation System and its
application (15 L)
Objective:
To make the learners well acquainted with different techniques like remote sensing
and GIS.
Desired outcome:
The learners may get a knowledge of remote sensing and GIS map ping techniques
4.1 Principles of remote sensing, EMR and its interaction with matter, Types of sensors
and platforms, IRS satellites and sensors
4.2 Aerial photography, satellite imagery, elements of satell ite/aerial image interpretation
4.3 Advancement in s atellite research and role in environmental protection
4.4 Geographical Information System - Concept of GIS, Use of softwares in GIS to
evaluate and monitor environmental protection acts including groundwater and natural
resource exploration, rainwater harve sting etc.
4.5 Applications of remote sensing and GIS in natural disasters: Early warning of
Tsunami, Earthquake, snowfall, forest fires and other natural disasters
PAPER 2: PSZOEVS402
SOCIO -ECONOMIC ASPECTS OF ENVIRONMENT
Unit 1: Environmental Economics (15 L)
Objective:
To make the learners well acquainted with different techniques like remote sensing
and GIS.
Desired outcome:
The learners may get a knowledge of remote sensing and GIS mapping techniques
1.1 Concept of Environmental Impa ct Assessment [EIA]
1.2 Methods of impact assessment of different Environmental problems
1.3 Concept of green audit
1.4 Economics of Environmental pollution and its control in India
1.5 Environmental consideration in public project planning
1.6 Tools for Environmental Polic y
1.7 Basic pollution control, Industrial pollution, control and effluent standards at national
and international levels
1.8 Environmental and integrated health in India
Unit 2: Environmental Education and Planning (15 L)
Objective:
To infor m the learners about planning and legislations regarding environmental
education.
Desired outcome:
The learners may get the knowledge of planning and legislations regarding
environmental education.
2.1 Concept of Environmental Education, History of nature education in India, Principle
goal, need and objectives, awareness and action t hrough environmental education
2.2 Right to Healthy Environment as a fundamental right, Environmental protection under
common law, Implementation of Environmental laws in India
2.3 Role of stake holders and governing authorities in Environmental education
2.4 Case study of reports: Madhav Gadgil report on Konkan Zone, and Madhav Chitale
report on global water partnership and Mithi river; in concern with Environmental
protection and conserva tion
Unit 3: Concepts of Eco -development versus Growth (15 L)
Objective:
To inform the learners about the nature of dispute and its aspects in eco -
development and growth.
Desired outcome:
The learners may get aware of the need of conse rvation by avoiding the dispute
between eco -development and growth
3.1 Concepts of eco -developments, integrating economic and ecological principles,
Concept of CRZ & SEZ
3.2 Definition of physical and economic growth, cost benefit ratio, development process
and growth, Cost benefit ratio
3.3 Integrated approach to environment and development
3.4 Western Ghat Eco -development Plan, development models for hilly area, river basin
land and growth centre
Unit 4: National and international legislations (15 L)
Objective:
To inform the learners about the national and international legislations regarding
environmental issues.
Desired outcome:
The learners may get aware of national and international legislations regarding
various national and international env ironmental issues.
4.1 History and Development of Environmental Protection under National and
International Law, Concept of Environmental law
4.2 Major international agencies for environmental protection and their actual role
4.3 Fundamental Principles of National a nd International Environmental Law
4.4 United Nations Conference on Human Environment, 1972 (Stockholm Conference) –
Aims and Objectives of the Conference, Stockholm Declaration, 1972, Impact of 3
Stockholm, UNEP - Vienna Convention & Montreal Protocol, World Charter for
Nature,1982
4.5 WCED – The Brundtland Comm ission, Brundtland Report 1987
4.6 United Nations Conference on Environment and Development (UNCED/Earth Summit)
– Aims and Objectives of Conference, Rio Declaration 1992, Agenda 21, Convention
on Biological Di versity, 1992, Statement of Forest Principles, UNFCCC
4.7 Earth Summit Plus Five - Kyoto Protocol, 1997; Millennium Development Goals g.
Johannesburg Conference 2002 (WSSD) - Johannesbur g Declaration & Major
Outcomes
4.8 The water (Prevention and control of pollu tion) Act 1974
4.9 The air (Prevention and control of pollution) Act 1981
4.10 The Environment (Protection) Act 1986
4.11 The wildlife Protection Act 1972
4.12 The Forest conservation Act 1980
4.13 The Biodiversity Protection Act 2002
PAPER 3: PSZOEVS403
ENVIRONMENTAL POLLUTION
Unit 1: Air Pollution (15 L)
Objective:
The learners will get informed about different aspects of atmosphere and its
pollutants along with their impacts on enviro nment .
Desired outcome:
The learners may get an idea regarding air pollution and its various aspects .
1.1 Air Pollution - Meteorology and climatology of air pollution
1.2 Sources of air pollution - mobile and non -mobile combustion sources, aerosols and
refrigera nts
1.3 Indoor air pollution - ventilation, heating, air conditioning
1.4 Acid rain, greenhouse gases, photochemical smog, nuclear winter, ozone depletion
1.5 Sampling and analysis of air pollutants and monitoring
1.6 Case studies - London smog, Delhi air pollution, Bhopal gas tragedy, Chernobyl
incidence
Unit 2: Water Pollution (15 L)
Objective:
The learners will get informed about different aspects of water qualities and its
pollutants along with their impacts on aquatic ecosystems.
Desired outcome:
The learners may get an idea regarding Water pollution and its various aspects.
2.1 Point and Non -point resources of water pollution, Pollution and treatment of ground
water tabl e, streams, estuaries, lakes and oceans
2.2 Process of Eutrophication
2.3 Bio-amplification of the pollutants and their impact on food chain
2.4 Case Studies. – Torry Canyon, Minamata
2.5 Preventive measures and treatment - effluents from Domestic and Industrial
establis hments, Primary, Secondary and Tertiary water quality management in India
Unit 3: Solid waste Pollution (15 L)
Objective:
The learners will get informed about differ ent types of solid wastes and their impacts
on environment
Desired outcome:
The learners may get an idea regarding management of solid waste.
3.1 Solid waste and its types, sources
3.2 Concept of e -waste and its impact on environment
3.3 Modern trends in solid wast e management.
3.4 Energy from refuse
3.5 “Best out of waste” concept and its examples – Road construction by using plastic
waste, Maharashtra nature park in Dharavi, Mumbai
Unit 4: Radioactive, Thermal and Sound Pollution (15 L)
Objective:
The learners will get informed about different types of radioactive pollutants as well
as thermal pollutants and their impacts on environment .
Desired outcome:
The learners may get an idea regarding impacts of radiation and t hermal pollutants
and their management.
4.1 Types and sources of radioactive pollutants – Natural and manmade, Fuel Processing
and Radiation intensity
4.2 Effects of radioactive pollution, Radioactive fallout
4.3 Control radiation, Nuclear reactor safet y
4.4 Thermal pollution
4.4.1 Definition
4.4.2 Sources and effects
4.4.3 Examples and Control of thermal pollution
4.5 Sound pollution control technologies:
4.5.1 Noise monitoring
4.5.2 Noise monitoring devices
4.5.3 Ear muffs
4.5.4 Silencers
4.5.5 Noise absorbers, anti -noise devices
4.5.6 Noise control methods
PAPER 4: PSZOEVS404
INSTRUMENTATION AND PRESENTATION
OF SCIENTIFIC DATA
Unit 1: Instrumentation (15L)
Objective
To learn how to design and build instrument s for laboratory measurement.
To understand fundamental principles of operation .
Desired Outcome
The learner will understand methods for operation of instruments and data analysis.
The learner will understand how instrumentation can advance Scientific r esearch .
1.1 Centrifugation:
Principle and applications of Centrifugation
Differential and density gradient Centrifugation
1.2 Electrophoresis:
Principle
Structural components
Applications
1.3 Chromatography:
Principle and applications
Adsorption
Ion exchang e
Gel permeation
Affinity
1.4 Spectrophotometer:
Principle
Applications
1.5 PH meter
Principle
Applications
1.6 Microscopy
Binocular
Trinocular
Unit 2: Presentation of Scientific data (15L)
Objective
To aware the students for good pra ctice in data presentation.
To aware the students to use different data presentation formats .
Desired Outcome
The students will familiarize to explain their research data by using different
techniques for presenting their scientific data .
2.1 Types of pres entation:
Oral
Poster
Written
Audio -visual
Aids for presentation
2.2 Preparing the manuscript
Guidelines for authors
The IMRAD format
2.3 Title, Byline , Abstract and Summary, Keywords
2.4 Introduction:
Defining the problem
Literature survey
Justification of s tudy
2.5 Materials and Methods:
Contents
Sources
Procedures
Techniques
Reproducibility
Significance
2.6 Results:
Text
How to present data
Tables and illustrations
Writing captions
Labels and legends
2.7 Discussion:
Components and Sequence
Analysis, Comparis on and Integration of Data
Likely Sources of Errors in Results
2.8 Conclusions and significance
Unit 3: Project (30L)
Objective
To familiarize learner for analyzing a scientific occurrence with an investigation or to
solve a problem with an invention .
Desired Outcome
Research expands the current state of knowledge (at a certain cost) of the learners.
Experimental findings that may yield new insights or lead to other research among the
learners .
1. Dissertation 60 Marks
2. Exam inations 50 Marks
Guidelines to the Project:
1. The Project shall include :
Title of the Project
Aims, Objectives and Rationale
Materials and Methods
Observation and / Results
Interpretation of Observation / Results and Discussion
Conclusion and / Recommendation
Relevance of Work / Justification of Work with Project title
Relevant References
2. The pro ject must be type -written using computer and printed for binding.
3. No minimum or maximum limit of the number of pages is define d since the
volume of the pro ject is dependent on the scope of the selected topic.
4. Name of the mentor may be reflected on the first page of the project along with
the student’s names.
5. The hard copy of pro ject must be retained and submitted along with the
dissertation in the examination for the reference of the external examiner/s.
6. Student should prepare individual power point presentation (PPT) on the
project and must present it in front of examiners at the time of examination.
7. The project will be prepa red individually by students.
M. Sc. Part 2: Semester IV Practical
Practical 1: PSZOEVS4P1
1. Interpretation of Aerial photographs and preparing weather report based on it.
2. Study of different satellite imaging techniques and their interpretation methods.
3. Study of any three softwares used in GPS and GIS techniques.
4. Study of different remote sensing techniques and their significance.
5. Actual field work involving geological or geographical mapping of any three selected
habitats. (One of them must be a fresh water body).
6. Case studies on applications of remote sensing and GIS in natural disasters like
Tsunami, Earthquake and forest fires etc.
7. Scientific writing on local, state level, national and international environmental
issues. Students are supposed to wr ite at least one brief report on each of these
types.
8. Studies on different patenting techniques for discovery of new species.
9. Preparation of a role model for environmental journalism and environmental
education in academic field and social field.
10. Actual IC T presentations through appropriate models by every student in any
school, college or any public place for generating environmental awareness. Each
student must deliver at least two presentations in two different places for the
purpose throughout the term. Proper written report of this activity, duly signed by the
concerned Teacher -in-charge and Head of the department, should by produced by
the student at the time of practical examination with adequate documentary and
photographic evidences. Examiners shoul d go through the same properly, ask few
relevant questions and offer the marks accordingly for that allotted separately during
practical examination of this paper.
Practical 2: PSZOEVS4P2
1. To prepare a detail report on scope of eco -tourism and its present status in case of any
tourist place in your area. Each student should produce a separate report. No group
reports.
2. Environmental Impact Assessment [EIA] of an ecologically sensitive site or any industry
or similar place. It may be a group project involvin g not more than three students in a
group
3. Preparation of Green Audit Report of any educational institute/public places like
gardens/industry/Government offices or any preferable premises. It may be a group
project involving not more than three students in a group.
4. Studies on legal cases filed by forest department in that year towards conservation and
protection of environment. [Legal Case citation – compulsory one per student]
5. Report on any public movement or incidence of individual/public awareness toward s
environmental protection or conservation or sustainable development. The report may
include implementation of eco-friendly practices like wind mill, use of solar energy, eco -
friendly festivals etc. at individual/family levels or at society levels in the study area. It
may be an individual report or group report involving maximum two students .
6. One day short excursion to any ecosensitive spot or ecotourism place. All students
should produce a common report on that involving the assessment of the spot inclu ding
status and scope of ecotourism of that place and impact of different local and outside
factors on the ecological status of the place. The report should also suggest probable
methods for improvement in the situation.
Practical 3: PSZOEVS4P3
1. To isola te and study a pure culture of microorganisms from air, water and sewage.
2. To study the effect of pH on microbial growth.
3. Study the effect of heavy metals on the growth of bacteria.
4. Determination of MPN value of the drinking water and mineral water.
5. Determi nation of SO2 by spectrophotometry using high volume sampler.
6. Determination of NO2 from the atmosphere by Colorimetric method using high volume
sampler.
7. Report on sources, types and impacts of different solid wastes in your area in different
seasons. Also add a note on local methods implemented for eradication of that waste
and feasibility of those methods.
8. Report on survey done for the production of e -waste generated from various sources
like educational institutes, technical and technological institutes, government and semi -
government agencies and departments, public level institutions as well as at individual
levels. It may be group report involving not more than three students for a prescribed
study area.
Practical 4: PSZOEVS4P4
The practical of Semes ter 4 paper 4 comprises the Research Project for which students will
have to take up a particular topic based on which they will be doing research applying the
ethics of research, methods and methodology, etc. They are expected to abide rules of
Scientific Research and if possible derive at a conclusion for the same. This will help the
learners to build a strong foundation for pursuing research. Learners will acquaint about
preparation of lay out, structure and language of typical reports, illustrations and tables.
Learners will gain l knowledge about how to write bibliography, referencing and footnotes in
reports and thesis or in research articles.
Further, learners will be oriented to presentation of data through effective communication
with the help of a dvanced visual technology. In addition to that they will be aware about the
application of results, environmental impacts, conservation of biodiversity, ethical issues
and ethical committees. The practical should be organized in such a manner that learners
can be trained to manage large data sets generated via multiple observations, arrange
them in a proper format and present them in relevant graphs/charts by adopting a hands -on
in silico approach.
References
1. E. P. Odum (1996) Fundamentals of Ecology, N ataraj Publisher, Dehra Dun.
2. K.M.M. Dakshini (1999) Principle and Practices in Plant Ecology, CRC, Boston.
3. M.C. Dash (1994) Fundamentals of Ecology, Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi.
4. M.C. Molles Jr. (1999) Ecology - Concepts and Application, McGraw Hill, New Del hi.
5. V. Ingegnoli (2002) Landscape Ecology: a widening foundation, Springer, Bonn.
6. E.J. Kormondi (1999) Concepts of Ecology, Prentice Hall of India, New Delhi.
7. Chapman, J.L. and Reiss M.J. (2005) Ecology Principles and Applications, Cambridge
University Pre ss, London.
8. E.P. Odum and G. W. Barrett (2005) Fundamentals of Ecology, Thomson Asia Pvt.
Ltd., Singapore.
9. S.V.S. Rana (2005) Essentials of Ecology and Environmental Sciences, Prentice Hall
of India, New Delhi.
10. Environment And Ecology -EAS105/EAS 205 -R. Raj agopalan
11. Environmental Studies From Crisis To Cure -2nd Edition -R.Rajagopalan
12. Sustaining Life: How Human Health Depends on Biodiversity Eric Chivian Aaron
Bernstein (2008)
13. Shahid Naeem, Daniel E. Bunker, Andy Hector and Michel Loreau (2009) Biodiversity,
ecosystem functioning and human well -being: An ecological and economic perspective
14. S.K. Agarwal et al (1996) Biodiversity and Environment, APH, Dehra Dun.
15. S.S. Negi (1993) Biodiversity and its Conservation in India, Indus Publications, New
Delhi.
16. W.W. Collin s and C.O. Qualset (1998) Biodiversity in Agro -ecosystem, CRC, Boston.
17. V.K. Krishnamurthy (2003) Text Book of Biodiversity, Science Publisher, Chennai.
18. P.S. Ramakrishnan (2000) Mountain Biodiversity, Land Use Dynamics and Traditional
Ecological Knowledge, Oxford and IBH, New Delhi
19. Global Biodiversity strategy: WRI, IUCN & UNEP
20. Ecotourism and Sustainable Development: Singh; Abhijeet Pub
21. Renewable Energy – Environment and Development: M. Dayal; Konark Pub. Pvt. Ltd.
Alternative Energy: S. Vandana; APH Publish ing Corporation
22. Nuclear Energy – Principles, practice and prospects: S. K. Agarwal; APH Publishing
Corporation
23. S. Glassstone, D. Van Nastrand, Source book on atomic energy, 3rd Edition,
Germany, 1967
24. M. Eisendbud, Environmental radioactivity, Academic Pres s
25. E.D.Enger, B.E. Smith, Environmental Sciences - Astudy of Inter relationships, WCB
Publication
26. Bio-Energy Resources: Chaturvedi; Concept Pub.
27. National Energy – policy, crisis and growth: V S. Mahajan; Ashis Publishing House
28. Geography and Energy – Commerci al energy systems and national policies: J. D.
Chapman
29. J.N.B. Bell (2002) Air Pollution and Plant Life, 2nd Edition, John Wiley and Sons, New
Delhi.
30. Christon J. Hurst, Ronald L. Crawford, Guy R. Knudsen, Michael J. McInerney, Manual
of Environmental Microb iology, 2nd edition, ASM Press. 2001.
31. Bruce Rittman, Perry L. McCarty. Environmental Biotechnology: Principles and
Applications, 2nd Edition, McGraw -Hill, 2000.
32. Air Pollution – Stern
33. Environmental Pollution Control Engineering: C. S. Rao
34. Environmental Chem istry: B.K. Sharma, and H. Kaur
35. Air pollution – threat and response: D. A. Lynn
36. Air pollution and Environmental Protection – Legislative policies, Judicial trend and
Social perceptions: N. Kumar; Mittal Publication
37. Sharma V.K. (1991) - Techniques in micros copy and cell biology, Tata-McGrawHill.
38. Bisen & Mathew - Tools and Techniques in Life Sciences – CBS Publishers &
distributors.
39. Robert Braun - Introduction to Instrumental Analysis. McGraw Hill International
Editions
40. Wilson and Walker – Principles and Tech niques of Practical Biochemistry.
Cambridge Univ.Press.
41. C. R. Kothari – Research Methodology, Methods and Techniques. Wiley Eastern Ltd.
Mumbai.
University of Mumbai
M.Sc. ZOOLOGY (Environmental Science )
Semester III / Semester IV EXAMINATIONS
Modality of Assessment
A. Internal Assessment 40%
Sr. No. Evaluation type Total Marks
1 One Assignments / Case study 25
2 Active participation in routine class instructional deliveries 05
3 Attendance – (0-25% = 0 marks, 25 -50% = 1mark, 50 -75% =
3 marks and 75 -100%= 5 marks) 05
4 Overall conduct as a respons ible student, manners, skill in
articulation, leadership qualities demonstrated through
organizing co ‐curricular, etc. 05
B. External Assessment 60%
a. Semester End Examination 60 Marks
Duration – These examinati ons shall be of two and half hours duration for
each paper.
Theory Question Paper Pattern:
There shall be five questions each of 12 marks. On each unit there will be
one question and the first one will be based on entire syllabus.
All questions shall be co mpulsory with internal choice within the questions.
Each question will be of 18 to 30 marks with options.
Question may be subdivided into sub questions a, b, c… and the allocation
of marks depend on the weightage of the topic.
b. Practicals: 50 Marks
c. Project in Semester IV : Internal Examination 40 Marks
Dissertation: 60 Marks
External E valuation : 50 Marks
*Note - The practicals may be conducted by using specimens authorized by the wild
life and such other regulating authorities though it is strongly reco mmended that the
same should be taught by using photographs / audio -visual aids / simulations /
models etc. as recommended by the UGC and as envisaged in the regulation of the
relevant monitoring bodies. No new specimens, however, shall be procured for the
purpose of conducting practicals mentioned here -in above.
N.B:
I) It is pertinent to note that we have to adhere strictly to the directions as given in the UGC
Circular F14 -4/2006 (CPP -II).
II) Apart from the Institutional Animal Ethics Committee (IA EC) and any other Committee
appointed by a Competent Authority / Body from time to time, every college should
constitute the following Committees:
1) A Committee for the Purpose of Care and Supervision of Experimental Animals
(CPCSEA) and
2) A Dissecti on Monitoring Committee (DMC) to ensure that no dissections are done.
Composition of DMC shall be as follows:
i) Head of the Concerned Department (Convener / Chairperson)
ii) Two Senior Faculty Members of the concerned Department
iii) One Faculty of related dep artment from the same College
iv) One or two members of related department from neighbouring colleges.
Use of animals for any experiment / dissection / mounting is banned. Simulations,
authorized permanent specimens / slides, charts, models and ot her innovative
methods are encouraged.
University of Mumbai
M.Sc. ZOOLOGY (Environmental Science )
Paper Pattern of Semester III (Papers 1, 2, 3, 4) &
Semester IV (Papers 1, 2, 3) Examination
Maximum Ma rks: 60 Duration: 2.5 Hours Marks Option: 90
Question 1. Based on Unit I to IV (Mixed Questions)
Question 2. Based on Unit I
Question 3. Based on Unit II
Question 4. Based on Unit III
Question 5. Based on Unit IV
Instructions:
a. All questions are compulsory.
b. All questions carry equal marks.
c. Draw neat and labelled diagrams wherever necessary.
1. Answer any four questions from the following : (Based on all 4 Units) (12)
a)
b)
c)
d)
e)
f)
2. Answer any two questions from the following : (Based on Unit I) (12)
a)
b)
c)
3. Answer any two questions from the following : (Based on Unit II) (12)
a)
b)
c)
4. Answer any two questions from the following : (Based on Unit III) (12)
a)
b)
c)
5. Answer any two questions from the following : (Based on Unit I V) (12)
a)
b)
c)
Semester IV Examination
Paper IV: Skill in Scientific communication and Writing
Internal (Theory) Paper Pattern of PSZO EVS404
Maximum Mar ks: 40 Duration: 1.15 Hours Marks Option: 60
Instructions:
a. All questions are compulsory.
b. Draw neat and labeled di agrams wherever necessary.
1. Fill in the blank by choosing the correct option given in the brackets (Based on both
Units) (Four sub -questions from each unit ) (08)
2. Answer any two questions from the following : (Based on Unit I) (16)
a)
b)
c)
3. Answer any two questions from the following : (Based on Unit II) (16)
a)
b)
c)
Skeleton of Practical Examination Question
Practical 1: PSZOEVS3P1
Time: 10:00 am to 3:00 pm Total Marks: 50
1. Major experiment 12
Estimation of Nitrates [NO 3-N] and Nitrites [NO 2-N] from the given water sample.
OR
Estimation of Phosphate -Phosphorous from the given water sample.
OR
Estimati on of heavy metals – Cu/Zn/Pb from the given water sample.
OR
Estimation of species diversity indices from the given ecosystem using quadrate and/or
line transect method.
2. Minor experiment 07
Estima tion of Salinity from the given water sample.
OR
Estimation of Hardness from the given water sample.
OR
Estimation of Free CO 2 from the given water sample.
OR
Estimation of acidity from the given water sample.
OR
Estimation of alkalinity from the given water sample.
3. Evaluation of Permanent slides of Plankton made by the student 05
4. Evaluation of two reports by examiners through viva. 06
a) Report on visit to an NGO
b) Report on geological stratification and geographical features of any habitat
5. Evaluation of two reports . 10
a) Report on interview/discussion with a renowned naturalist/Conservationist/an
ecologist.
b) Report on interview with any ten people of choice for environmental awareness.
6. Viva voce based on theory. 05
7. Journal. 05
Practical 2: PSZOEV S3P2
Time: 10:00 am to 3:00 pm Total Marks: 50
1. Major experiment 14
Estimation of Chemical Oxygen Demand (COD) from the given water sample.
OR
Estimation of Biological Oxygen Demand (BOD) from the given water sample.
2. Minor experiment 06
Estimation of pH and Turbidity.
OR
Estimation of Turbidity and Conductance.
OR
Estimation of Conductance and pH.
OR
Estimation of Total dissolved solids.
OR
Estimation of Suspended solids.
OR
Estimation of physicochemical factors of soil - colour, pH and water holding capacity.
3. Quantitative estimation o f Plankton by settling/displacement/counting/wet weight method
from the given water sample. 06
4. Evaluation of two reports.
a) Report on different types of pesticides and fertilizers 08
b) Report on soil pro file. 08
5. Evaluation of two reports.
a) Report on determination of structure of food chain and food web. 06
b) Report on survey of macroflora and macrofauna. 06
6. Viva voce based on theory. 05
7. Journal. 05
Practical 3: PSZOEVS3P3
Time: 10:00 am to 3:00 pm Total Marks: 50
1. Major experiment 14
Determination of total organic matter in soil.
OR
Determination of Sodium Absorption Ratio (SAR) value of soil.
OR
Determination of total nitrogen value of the soil by Kjeldahl’s method.
OR
Determination of mech anical composition of soil by Pipette method.
2. Minor experiment 10
Estimation of Determination of Cation -exchange capacity of soil sample.
OR
Estimation of moisture content of soil sample.
OR
Estimation of alkalinity of soil sample.
OR
Estimation of acidity of soil sample.
OR
Estimation of Residual Chlorine from drinking water using colorimetric method.
3. Evaluation of two reports. 06
a) Report on types of natural re sources available in the area
b) Report on present status of ground water table and other fresh water aquifers and
strategies on water conservation
4. Evaluation of Scientific report on Biodiversity survey/habitat type survey. 10
5. Viva voce based o n theory. 05
6. Journal. 05
Practical 4: PSZOEVS3P4
Time: 10:00 am to 3:00 pm Total Marks: 50
1. Major experiment: 16
Estimate of plant diversity indices (species abundance and richness) from the given
area using quadrate and/or line transect method.
2. Minor experiment: (Any three will be asked) 09
Mapping of flora and fauna of Bio -geographical realms with the help of maps
1. Palearctic 2. Nearctic 3. Afrotropic 4. Indomalaya 5. Australasia
6. Neotropic 7. Oceanea and Antarctic
3. Minor experiment: 05
Plotting different biogeographical z ones in the map of I ndia and expanse of territorial
waters.
OR
Evaluation of a map of Maharashtra showing Protected Area Network (PAN) in it.
OR
Prepare a document of endemic and exotic species of plants and a nimals for a selected
PAN.
OR
Mapping of distribution range of endangered plant and animal species on Indian map.
4. Excursion reports. 10
5. Viva voce based on theory. 05
6. Journal. 05
Practical 1: PSZOEVS4P1
Time: 10:00 am to 3:00 pm Total Marks: 50
1. Evaluation of actual ICT presentations on environmental awareness. 10
2. Evaluation of a ctual field work involving geological or geographical mapping of any three
selected habitats. 08
3. Evaluation of r ole model prepared by the student for environmental journalism and
environ mental education in academic field and social field. 10
4. Evaluation of any one Scientific report on either local, state level, national/ international
environmental issues written by the student 06
5. Identification. 06
a) Any one aerial / satellite photograph for interpretation of weather status.
b) Identification of habitat / area by GIS / GPS photograph or map
6. Viva voce based on theory. 05
7. Journal. 05
Practical 2: PSZOEVS4P2
Time: 10:00 am to 3:00 pm Total Marks: 50
1. Evaluation of the individual report on status and scope of eco -tourism. 12
2. Evaluation of group project on Environmental Impact Assessment [EIA]. 07
3. Evaluation of group project on Preparation of Green Audit Report. 10
4. Evaluation of two reports. 06
a) Report on Studies on legal cases filed by forest department
b) Report on public movement or individual awareness towards environmental
protection
5. Excursion report and viva based on it 05
6. Viva voce based on theory. 05
7. Journal. 05
Practical 3: PSZOEVS4P3
Time: 10:00 am to 3:00 pm Total Marks: 50
1. Major Experiment 14
To study the effect of pH on microbial growth.
OR
Determine of SO 2 by spectrophotometry using high volume sampler.
OR
Determine of NO 2 from the atmosphere by Colorimetric method using high volume
sampler.
2. Minor Experiment 10
Study the effect of heavy metals on the growth of bacteria.
OR
Determination of MPN value of the drinking water and mineral water.
3. Evaluation of the Report on solid wastes. 08
4. Evaluation of Report on survey of e -waste. 08
5. Viva voce based on theory. 05
6. Journal. 05
Skeleton of Practical Examination Question Paper:
Practical 4: PSZO EVS4P4
Evaluati on of Project of Paper IV : 60 Marks
1. Title of the Project (01)
2. Aim, Objectives and Rationale (04)
3. Materials and Methods (05)
4. Observation s and / Results (10)
5. Interpretation of Observation s / Results and Discussion (10)
6. Conclusion and / Recommendation (10)
7. Relevant work / Justification of work with Project title (10)
8. Relevant References (05)
9. Certified Dissertation (05)
External Evaluation : 50 Marks
1. Content of Presentation (10)
2. Quality of Presentation (10)
3. Presentation Skill (10)
4. Quality of Work (10)
5. Viva based on Proposal / Question Answer Session (10)
M.Sc. Part II (Semester III and Semester IV)
Zoology (Oceanography and Fishery Technology) Syllabus Committee Members
Dr. Nisar Shaikh
Chairman,
G. M. Momin Women’s College, Bhiwandi
Dist. Thane, Maharashtra
Semester III
Paper I: Oceanography
Cmde Ashok Rai
Mentor,
Commanding Officer, INS Agrani, Red fields,
Kamraj Road, Pulliakulam,
Coimbatore – 641 018 Dr. Chhaya Panse
Convener,
M. D. College, 25, Dr. S.S.Rao Road, Shri
Mangaldas Verma Chowk, Parel - East,
Opp. Gandhi Hospital, Mumbai - 400 012
Dr. Mrunmayi Prakash Rane
SSS, Kalyan Center,
University of Mumbai Dr. Vitthal Dandawate
Sathaye College, Dixit Rd, Satsang CHSL,
Navpada, Vile Parle East, Mumbai - 400 057
Ms. Nisha C. Tripathi
Ex-student,
Room No. 9, Opp Mittal Commercial,
Marol Naka, Has an Pada, Andheri East
Paper II: Freshwater Aquaculture
Shri. Vinayak Dalvie
Mentor,
Mithibai College,
Bhaktivedanta Swami Marg, V.L. Mehta Road,
Vile Parle (W), Mumbai -400 056 Dr. Rajendra Lendhe
Convener,
B.N.N. College, BNN College Rd, Padma Nagar,
Dhaman kar Naka, Kamatghar, Bhiwandi,
Maharashtra - 421302
Dr. Rajakumar Naik (Dy Director)
MPEDA,
Yogakshema, Flat No 605, Regent Chamber, 6th
Floor, Jamnalal Bajaj Rd, Nariman Point,
Mumbai - 400 021 Dr. Anis Choudhari
G. M. Momin Women’s College,
Samad Nagar, Kaneri, Bhiwandi,
Dist. Thane – 421 302
Ms. Simeen Rumani
Student, SSS, Kalina, Mumbai - 400 098
Paper III: Fish Processing Technology
Dr. B. G. Kulkarni
Mentor,
301, B Himalayan Height,
Bhakti Park, Wadala,
Mumbai – 400 037 Dr. Pramod Shinde
Convener,
B.N.N. College, BNN College Rd, Padma Nagar,
Dhamankar Naka, Kamatghar, Bhiwandi,
Maharashtra - 421302
Dr. Girish N. Kulkarni
Professor & Head, Department of Fish
Processing Technology, College of Fisheries,
(DBSKKV, Dapoli), Shirgaon, Ratnagiri. Pin
415629, Maharashtra, India Dr. Utkarsha Chavan
Bhavan’s Hazarimal Somani College, Chowpatty,
Mumbai – 400 007
Ms. Rakshita Poojari
Student,
SSS, Kalina. Ms. Kajol Madhukar Shiralkar
Ex-student,
31-A, Bhagwate Wadi, Dayaldas Road, Vile Parle
(E), Mumb ai – 400 057
Paper IV: Fin Fish and Shell Fish Biology
Dr. Suman Sharad Pawar
Mentor,
K312, Tarapore Towers CHSL,
New Link Road, Andheri (w), Mumbai – 400 053 Dr. Nisar Shaikh
Convenor,
G. M. Momin Women’s College, Bhiwandi
Dist. Thane, Maharashtra
Dr. Popat Ajinath Bhosale
S. M. College,
NH-66, At & Post Poladpur, Raigad Dist, Cholai,
Maharashtra 402 303 Dr. Ganesh Sambhu Margaj
S. Z. S. P. Mandal’s, Shri. Pancham Khemraj
Mahavidyalaya, Sawantwadi,
Dist. Sindhudurg – 416 510
Dr. Leena Namdeo Meshram
M. P. A. S. C. College,
Taluka, Panvel, Navi Mumbai - 410 206 Dr. Vasantrao Maruti Patole
Balasaheb Khardekar College,
Kudal -Vengurla Road,
Vengurla, Maharashtra -416 516
Mr. Vind Kumar Krishna Tiwari
Ex-student,
Room No. 6109, Sangathan Chowk,
Buwapada, K . B. Road,
Ambernath (W) – 421 505
Semester IV
Paper I: Capture Fisheries
Dr. Charitha Pattiaratchi
Mentor,
Professor of Coastal Oceanography,
Leader, Australian National Facility for Ocean
Gliders (ANFOG) Dr. Shanta Janyani
Convenor,
Ramchand Kimatr am Talreja College of Arts,
Science and Commerce, Chatrapati Shivaji
Maharaj Chowk, Ulhasnagar – 421 003
Dr. Anirudh Ram S. Jaiswar
CSIR -National Institute of Oceanography
Regional Centre, Lokhandawala Road, 4
Bungalows, Andheri (W) Dr. Subhash Donde
Kash inath Dhuru Road, Off. Veer Savarkar Marg,
Dadar West, Dadar (W),
Mumbai, Maharashtra 400 028
Mr. Tanveerussalam Md. Salim Khan
Ex-student, Plot No. 30/A/4, Road No. 4,
Shivaji Nagar, Govandi, Mumbai – 400 043
Paper II: Marine/Brackish water Aquacultur e
Dr. Ajitsinha Bajirao Patil
Mentor,
Managing Director, Pancham Aquaculture Farms
Ltd., 103-B Mittal Tower Nariman Point, Nariman
Point, Nariman Point, Mumbai - 400021 Mrs. Parimita Sharma
Convener,
Ramchand Kimatram Talreja College of Arts,
Science and Commerce, Chatrapati Shivaji
Maharaj Chowk, Ulhasnagar – 421 003
Dr. A. K. Reddy
Principal Scientist,
Division of Aquaculture, Central Institute Fishery
Education, Mumbai – 400 061 Dr. Ajai Singh
Ramchand Kimatram Talreja College of Arts,
Science and Comm erce, Chatrapati Shivaji
Maharaj Chowk, Ulhasnagar – 421 003
Mr. Udit Anil Desai
Ex-student,
201, Gaurav Vatan Building No. 1,
Phase - 4, 15 No Last Stop, Mira Road East,
Paper III: Industrial Fisheries
Dr. Madhavi Manohar Indap
Mentor,
606, Ellora, Sant Muktabai Road,
Vile Parle (E), Mumbai – 400 057 Dr. Rupinder Kaur
Convener,
Guru Nanak Khalsa College, Nathalal Parekh Marg,
Matunga, Mumbai - 400 019 .
Dr. Nandita Singh
G. M. Momin Women’s College,
Samad Nagar, Kaneri, Bhiwandi, Maharashtra
421 302 Dr. L. Narasimhamurthy
Mumbai Research Centre of CIFT, CIDCO
Administrative Building Ground Floor, Sector 1,
Vashi, Navi Mumbai - 400 703.
Dr. Zeenat Surve
Maharashtra College, 246-A, Jahangir Boman
Behram Marg, Opp. Alexandra Cinema,
Nagpada, Mumbai – 400 008 Mr. Vrushabh Khulatkar
Student,
SSS, Kalina
Paper IV: Instrumentation and Presentation of Scientific data
Dr. Nisar Shaikh
Convener,
G. M. Momin Women’s College,
Bhiwandi, Dist. Thane, Maharashtra Dr. Utkarsha Chavan
Bhavan’s Hazarimal Somani Col lege,
Chowpatty, Mumbai – 400 007
CONTENTS
1. Preface
2. Preamble
3. Pedagogy
4. Tables of Courses, Topics, Credits and Workload
5. Theory Syllabus for Semester III
(Course codes: PSZOOCN301 - PSZOOCN304)
6. Practical Syllabus for Semester III
(Course code s: PSZOOCN3P1 - PSZOOCN3P4)
7. References
(Course codes: PSZOOCN301 - PSZOOCN304)
8. Theory Syllabus for Semester IV
(Course codes: PSZOOCN401 - PSZOOCN404)
9. Practical Syllabus for Semester IV
(Course code s: PSZOOCN4P1 - PSZOOCN4P4)
10. References
(Course codes: PSZOOCN401 - PSZOOCN404)
11. Marking Scheme of Examination (Theory and Practical)
12. Skeleton Papers: Semester III and Semester IV
PREFACE
The main objective of reconstructing the Post Graduate syllabus of Zoology for Semester III and
Semester I V is to provide global level advanced and skill oriented deep knowledge to the
stakeholders which is currently needed for their survival. The current research and teaching in
Zoology includes diverse aspects with a balance of organismic and reductionist bi ology. It offers
teaching and research progr ams in the diverse areas, such as, Animal Physiology, Entomology,
Fish Biology, Immunology, Developmental Biology, Cell Signaling, Cell Biology, Radiation Biology,
Reproductive Biology, Endocrinology, Genomics, M etagenomic, Cancer Biology, etc. Our vision is
to provide Global Knowledge in education, training & research in the field of Zoology where
teaching and research encrust detailed understanding from microbes to human. The broad skills
and deeper knowledge in the field would make them highly successful and excellent researcher in
advanced areas of research in the Biological sciences.
Therefore, the Board of Studies in Zoology aims to impart holistic understanding of Zoology by
“redefining Zoology” to students of every age so that they develop interest in Science. It also aims
to develop teaching and research programs t hat have relevance to society and employability. The
M.Sc. program is being revised under CBCS scheme of UGC to meet the expectations of
student s.
To keep all of the above factors in mind, this syllabus was developed by the curriculum committee
of Mentors, subject experts from other Universities and dedicated teachers. Their major role was
to abridge, grow, augment and give a forward bearing to Z oology taught in undergraduate
curriculum, with projections to future requirements. They have successfully completed this
colossal task. I congratulate them.
Dr. Deelip L. Bharmal
Chairman Board of Studies in Zoology
University of Mumbai
PREAMBLE
I am extremely happy to present this new syllabus of Semester III and Semester IV to the
teachers and students of Post Graduate Course in Zoology of the specializations, Oceanography
and Fishery Technology, Entomology, Endocrinology, Animal Physiology and Envir onmental
Science. While constructing the syllabus, the relevant inputs have been considered from Mentors,
subject experts from various fields of other Universities, teachers and stakeholders to make it
more effective.
An attempt has been made to make post graduate courses competitive and on par with global
standards, as per the directives of University Grant Commission for the implementation of choice
based credit system. Hence as per the guideline of UGC the present syllabus is made more
interesting with new, innovative topics as per need of the current situation of the world and
stakeholders.
The M.Sc. Zoology program provides an appropriate blend of classical and applied aspects of the
subject. This newly designed curriculum will allow students to acqui re skills in handling scientific
instruments planning and performing in the laboratory and exercising critical judgment,
independent thinking and problem solving skills.
The utmost care has been taken to declare the final syllabus well in advance to enabl e the
teachers to make preparations before commencement of the academic year and facilitating
students to execute their right to know the details before admissions.
The draft of Syllabus was approved in meeting of the Board of Studies in Zoology held on 1 0th
March 2020, and it was unanimously resolved to implement the revised syllabus of Zoology at
M.Sc. Semester ‐III and IV and make it effective from the Academic Year 2020 ‐2021 after approval
from concerned authorities of the University.
The success of th is revamped syllabus will depend totally on the enthusiasm and interest shown
by the stakeholders.
Dr. Nisar Shaikh
Chairman, M.Sc. Part II
Syllabus Committee
PEDAGOGY
The course PSZOOCN301 , ‘Oceanography’ intends developing in learners a comprehensive
understanding of the various aspects of general, physical, chemical and biological oceanography.
The practical syllabus complements the prescribed theory syllabus emphasizing on experience or
field based teaching and learning. Facilitators may avail the u se of ICT including video clips,
photographs, and other online resources for enhancing the delivery of the topics. Apart from the
regular classroom teaching, the multi -dimensional aspects of oceanography could be effectively
taught by frequent visits to in tertidal zones to study the marine fauna and flora. Similarly, learners
can be instructed to collect sea water samples for physicochemical analyses in -situ or in the
laboratory. Additionally, visit to institutes involved in marine biology or oceanography r esearch will
augment the knowledge of the learners.
PSZOOCN302: The course ‘Freshwater Aquaculture ’ will help the learner for conceptual
understanding of various methods for Freshwater Aquaculture, Aquarium fish maintenance,
sustainable Aquaculture and va rious funding and insurance agencies. For understanding
maintenance and management, visit to freshwater aquaculture farm and aquarium should be
organized. For practical knowledge, project for aquarium maintenance in laboratory should be
assigned to the lea rners. Guest lectures should be arranged to provide information about various
funding and insurance agencies.
PSZOOCN303 is ‘Fish Processing Technology ’ which deals with preservation, processing,
marketing, logistics, infrastructure required for processin g of fish and shell fish. It will impart basic
knowledge about the recent techniques used worldwide. It is a need of the time to supply best
quality of available sea food by maintaining high levels of quality standard. Students will also learn
the layouts of various processing industries and skills to start their own business in this area
thereby boosting self-employability.
The Course ‘The Fin Fish and Shell Fish Biology (PSZOOCN304) ’ deals with the study of
morphological characters which will enhance the learners’ skill in taxonomy. The fish anatomy
provide s knowledge of mechanisms and structure of the various life process es of fishes. Similarly
the locomotion and light producing organs of fishes focus on their behaviour. Mud crab is a sea
food preferred by various people. Its study in biology is essential. C are has been taken to make
the learners aware of the Biological aspects in this course.
PSZOOCN401 deals with the ‘Capture Fisheries of India ’. This paper includes inland, estuarine
and marine captur e fishery resources of India. These various fisheries include taxonomy,
distribution, food and feeding, breeding season, reproduction, crafts and gears used and catch
trends of important fishes available on both the coasts of India. It also involves the po pulation
dynamics & conservation, problems of overfishing, maximum sustainable yield and maximum
economic yield.
PSZOOCN402 , ‘Brackish and Marine water aquaculture’ Paper deals with several aspects of
brackish water and marine water aquaculture systems. I t describes the cultivation methods and
management of marine and brackish water aquaculture systems. Learners will also procure the
knowledge of recent developments, disease diagnosis and integrated marine and brackish water
aquaculture systems. Field visi ts, video clips, models can be used for effective learning. The key
focus of this unit is to equip the learners with the skills and encourage them towards
entrepreneurship and job creation in the field.
In course PSZOOCN403 , ‘Industrial Fishery’ the main focus is given on the applied aspects of
fishery. This may develop a platform to produce successful fishery entrepreneurs. Keeping this in
the mind, the practicals have been designed, so that the learners develop skills and gain relevant
knowledge to prepa re various fishery products. Visit to fish processing industry, export unit and
marketing surveys can be conducted to get first -hand information on packaging and marketing
aspects of fish products and by -products. Assignment based on case studies of fish
entrepreneurs, various agribusiness models and feasibility report can be given to develop
entrepreneurial skills of the learners.
PSZOOCN404 consists of ‘Instrumentation and Presentation of Scientific Data’ which help
the students to choose suitable measurin g instruments for their applications and understanding of
limitations, principles and measurement errors. The students will aware the efficiency of the
instruments. Similarly the course also has the unit of presentation of scientific data. Text, tables,
and graphs for data and information presentation are very powerful communication tools. They
can make scientific report easy to understand, attract and sustain the interest of beneficiary.
Conveners and Committee Members
M. Sc. II Zoology Syllabus
Choice B ased Credit System
To be implemented from the Academic Year 2020 -2021
Oceanography and Fishery Technology: Semester III
Course Name
and Code Unit Topic Headings Credit Lecture/
Week College
Assessment
Internal University
Assessment
External
Paper I: Oce anography
PSZOOCN301 1 General Oceanography
4 1
40
60 2 Physical Oceanography 1
3 Chemical Oceanography 1
4 Biological Oceanography 1
Paper II: Freshwater Aquaculture
PSZOOCN302 1 Principles of Aquaculture
4 1
40
60 2 Aquarium Fishes and
Management 1
3 Brooder and Sexual
dimorphism in Major carps 1
4 Giant freshwater prawn -
Macrobrachium rosenbergii 1
Paper III: Fish Processing Technology
PSZOOCN303 1 Hygienic logistics and
Infrastructure
4 1
40
60 2 Traditional fish processing 1
3 Modern fish processing 1
4 Quality assurance norms and
methods 1
Paper IV: Fin Fish and Shell Fish Biology
PSZOOCN304 1 Morphology of fin fish and
shell fish
4 1
40
60 2 Basic fish anatomy 1
3 Locomotion and Light
producing organs in fishes 1
4 Mud Crab 1
Total 16 16 160 240
Practicals
PSZOOCN3P1 Practicals based on PSZOOCN301 2 4 – 50
PSZOOCN3P2 Practicals based on PSZOOCN302 2 4 – 50
PSZOOCN3P3 Practicals based on PSZOO CN303 2 4 – 50
PSZOOCN3P4 Practicals based on PSZOOCN304 2 4 – 50
Total 8 16 – 200
Grant Total 24 32 160 440
Oceanography and Fishery Technology: SEMESTER IV
Course Name
and Code Unit Topic Headings Credit Lecture/
Week College
Assessment
Inter nal University
Assessment
External
Paper I: Capture Fisheries
PSZOOCN401 1 Inland Fisheries resources of
India
4 1
40
60 2 Estuarine fisheries resources
of India 1
3 Marine capture fisheries
resources of India 1
4 Population Dynam ics and
Conservation 1
Paper II: Brackish and Marine Water Aquaculture
PSZOOCN402 1 Shell fish culture
4 1
40
60 2 Fin Fish culture 1
3 Farm Engineering 1
4 Fin Fish and Shell fish
Pathology and Health
Management 1
Paper III : Industrial Fishery
PSZOOCN403 1 Value added Products
4 1
40
60 2 Fish, Shell fish and Seaweed
Products and By-products 1
3 Packaging Methods for Fish
Products and By-products 1
4 Entrepreneurship and
Marketing 1
Paper IV: Instru mentation and Presentation of Scientific data
PSZO OCN 404 1 Instrumentation
2 1
40
60 2 Presentation of Scientific data 1
3 Project 2 2
Total 16 16 160 240
Practicals
PSZOOCN4P1 Practicals based on PSZOOCN401 2 4 – 50
PSZOOCN4P2 Practical s based on PSZOOCN402 2 4 – 50
PSZOOCN4P3 Practicals based on PSZOOCN403 2 4 – 50
PSZOOCN4P4 Practicals based on PSZOOCN404 2 4 – 50
Total 8 16 – 200
Grant Total 24 32 160 440
M. Sc. Part 2: Semester III (Theory)
PAPER 1: PSZOOCN301
OCEANOGRAPHY
Unit 1: General Oceanography (15 L)
Objective:
● To familiarize learners to the background of Oceanography and the recent developments in
the Oceanography.
● To under stand the basic concepts and instrumentation in Oceanography.
Desired outcome:
● The learner will be able to understand the history of Oceanography and its current status.
● The learner will be aware of various oceanographic sampling techniques.
1.1 Oceanographi c History , Oceanographic Expeditions: Challenger, Indian Ocean and Antarctic
1.2 Oceanic climatology: ENSO, Impact of climate change on marine life
1.3 Typical oceanographic research Vessel, its equipment and Oceanographic laboratories
1.4 Satellite oceanography: Remo te sensing satellites and their applications
1.5 Ocean bottom features
1.5.1 Continental shelf
1.5.2 Continental slope
1.5.3 Submarine canyons
1.5.4 Submarine mountain ranges
1.5.5 Sea mounds and Guyots
1.5.6 Oceanic ridges and rises
1.5.7 Oceanic trenches
1.5.8 Abyssal floor
1.6 Oceanographic Instruments
1.6.1 Grabs (Peterson and Van veen) for benthos collection
1.6.2 Naturalist’s dredge
1.6.3 Trawl – Beam trawl, Otter trawl
1.6.4 Plankton nets and Continuous plankton sampling system
1.6.5 Niskin Water Sampler
1.6.6 CTD instrument / meter
1.6.7 Stempel’s pipette and dilution jar
1.6.8 Underwater photograp hy
1.6.9 SCUBA apparatus
1.6.10 Secchi disk
Unit 2: Physical Oceanography (15 L)
Objective:
● To familiarize learners to the physical processes of Oceans and the Ocean - Atmosph eric
interactions.
Desired outcome:
● The learner will be able to understand the significant physical processes occurring in the
oceans and their effects at Local and Global scenario .
2.1 Sea water
2.1.1 Physical properties of Sea Water – Distribution of Temperatu re, Salinity, Density
2.1.2 Acoustical and Optical characteristics of Sea water
2.2 Waves and Tides
2.2.1 General aspects of Ocean waves, Waves Characteristics, Sea and swell, Deep and
Shallow water waves, Storm surges and Tsunamis
2.2.2 Tides and tide generating forces, their causes, variation and types, Tidal currents
2.3 Ocean Circulation
2.3.1 Ekman spiral, Geotropic current, Westward intensification with dynamic topography
2.3.2 Wind induced circulation, Thermohaline circulation and upwelling of water
2.3.3 Types of currents, major currents of t he world, Coriolis effect
Unit 3: Chemical Oceanography (15 L)
Objective:
● To familiarize learners to the chemical properties of the sea water and basics of Chemical
Oceanography.
Desired outcome:
● The learner will be aware of the chemical properties of the sea water and their significance.
3.1 Major and minor elements in seawater
3.2 Chlorinity and Salinity: definition and significance, practical salinity scale
3.3 Radioactive nuclides in the sea
3.4 Micronutrients and th eir role in marine environment (Phosphorus, Nitrogen, Silicon)
3.5 Dissolved gases (other than CO 2) in seawater – Basic concepts: solubility of gases in
seawater and Oxygen Minimum Zone (OMZ) in Arabian Sea
3.6 Air – sea gas exchange, processes affecting their distribution
3.7 Dissolved gas es (CO 2) in seawater
3.7.1 Carbon dioxide equilibria in seawater
3.7.2 pH, alkalinity and buffering capacity of oceans
3.7.3 Components of CO 2 system in seawater
3.7.4 Percentage composition of inorganic carbon
3.7.5 Calcium carbonate precipitation and dissolutio n phenomena
3.7.6 Lysocline and carbonate compensation depth
3.8 Mineral resources from the sea:
3.8.1 Deep sea mud oozes and manganese nodules
3.8.2 Oil, gas and sulphur deposits
Unit 4: Biological Oceanography (15 L)
Objective :
● To familiarize l earners to the ecology of marine fauna, its significance and sustainable
conservation.
Desired outcome :
● The learner will be able to understand the life under the sea and their interactions with
marine environment.
● The learner will be aware of the issue of Marine Pollution.
4.1 Division of marine environment
4.1.1 Intertidal organisms and their zonation
4.1.2 Marine biotic diversity:
a) Plankton
b) Nekton
c) Benthos
4.1.3 Indices of species richness, measuring diversity, models explaining diversity gradient
4.1.4 Benthic communities:
a) Kelp forests
b) Estuaries
c) Formation and Growth of Coral Reefs
d) Ecological Features of Mangrove Swamps
4.2 Deep Sea Ecology
4.2.1 Faunal composition, Species diversity, Food sources, Rates of Biological Processes,
Whale Fall Ecosystem
4.2.2 Hydrothermal Vents and Cold seeps:
a) Chemosynt hetic production
b) Vent Fauna
c) Shallow Vents and Cold seeps
d) Unique Environmental Features of Sulphide communities
4.3 Human impact on marine Biota
4.3.1 Fisheries impact
4.3.2 Marine Pollutants:
a) Petroleum Hydrocarbons
b) Plastics
c) Heavy Metals
d) Sewage
e) Radioactive Waste
f) Thermal Effluents
g) Noise
4.3.3 Impact on marine environments:
a) Estuaries
b) Mangrove Swamps
c) Coral Reefs
Learners’ Space:
1 Law of Sea s
2 Maritime Security
PAPER 2: PSZOOCN302
FRESHWATER AQUACULTURE
Unit 1: Principles of Aquaculture (15 L)
Object ives
To impart essential knowledge and skills regarding advanced technologies of different
aquaculture production systems.
To focus on provision of basic concepts of farming of aquatic organisms.
To educates students to learn different methods of culture.
Desired Outcome
The learner will acquire knowledge regarding advanced technologies in aquaculture.
1.1 Basics of aquaculture – definition and scope
1.2 Systems of aquaculture:
1.2.1 Pond culture
1.2.2 Pen culture
1.2.3 Cage culture
1.2.4 Rope culture
1.2.5 Running water culture
1.2.6 Zero water ex change system
1.2.7 Re-circulatory aquaculture system (RAS)
1.2.8 Biofloc
1.3 Physical, chemical and biological factors affecting productivity of ponds
1.4 Criteria for selection of candidate species for aquaculture
1.4.1 Major fin fish candidate species for fresh water aquaculture such as
a) Indian major carps – Rohu, Catla, Mrigal
b) Exotic carps – Grass carp, Common carp, Silver carp
c) Catfishes – Basa, Magur
1.5 Monoculture, polyculture, composite culture and integrated culture systems
1.6 Rearing Practices and its feasibility/economics
1.6.1 Tradi tional
1.6.2 Extensive
1.6.3 Semi intensive
1.6.4 Intensive methods
1.6.5 Sustainable Aquaculture
Unit 2: Aquarium Fishes and Management (15 L)
Objectives
To gain knowledge regarding setting of fresh water aquarium, behavioural pattern,
feeding habits, live food organisms and supplementary diet for ornamental fishes.
Desired Outcome
The learner will gain knowledge about the setting of commercial aquarium.
2.1 Identification, breeding and maintenance of important ornamental fishes
2.1.1 Angel
2.1.2 Danio
2.1.3 Discus
2.1.4 Flower horn
2.1.5 Gourami
2.1.6 Siamese fighter
2.1.7 Sword tail
2.1.8 Gold fish
2.1.9 Koi
2.2 Setting and design of freshwater aquarium, aeration devices, aeration accessories, various
types of filters
2.3 Aquatic plants and other structures for beautification and utilit y
2.3.1 Amazon sword
2.3.2 Cork screw
2.3.3 Ludwigia
2.3.4 Aqua rose
2.3.5 Cobamba
2.3.6 Pistia
2.3.7 Formulated feed, its composition and its production
Unit 3: Brooder and Sexual dimorphism in Major carps (15 L)
Objective
To aware the learners f or identification of sexual dimorphism in Major carps and their
maturity and spawning.
Desired Outcome
The learner will acquire knowledge regarding sexual dimorphism in Major carps and their
maturity and spawning.
3.1 Induced breeding
3.1.1 History of induced bre eding of fishes
3.1.2 Methods of pituitary extract preparation
3.1.3 Dosage determination an d injection to the brood fishes
3.1.4 Spawning and hatching
3.1.5 Use of different synthetic hormones and analogues for induced spawning.
3.1.6 Induced breeding in Indian Carps – Catla, Labeo, Mrigal
3.1.7 Induced breeding in Exotic Carps – Common Carp, Silver Carp, Grass Carps
3.2 Hatchery design and operation
3.2.1 Criteria for site selection of hatchery
3.2.2 Design and function of incubators
3.2.3 Essential components of hatchery, Role of hatchery
3.2.4 Management of hatche ry
3.2.5 Traditional double -walled hapa , Floating hapa
3.2.6 Types of hatchery
a) Vertical hatchery – Glass jar hatchery, Plastic Bucket hatchery
b) Chinese hatchery
c) Circular hatchery – CIEF D 80 Model and CIEF 81 Model
3.2.7 Mahaseer and Trout hatchery
3.3 Nursery Pond Management
3.3.1 Pre-stocking pond management
3.3.2 Stocking pond management
3.3.3 Post stocking management
3.4 Packaging and Transport.
3.4.1 Quality of container used in packaging and transporting the fish seed
3.4.2 Transport containers for fish and fingerlings
3.4.3 Packing and transportation of fish seed
3.4.4 Use of anaesthetics and disinfectants in fish breeding and transport.
Unit 4: Giant freshwater prawn – Microbranchium rosenbergii (15 L)
Objective :
● To aware the learners about the life history and hatchery of Giant Fresh Water Prawn.
Desired outcome:
● The learners will familiarize the breeding, hatchery and rearing of the prawn.
4.1 Identification, sexual dimorphism, selection of brooder
4.2 Breeding and hatchery management
4.3 Life cycle
4.4 Rearing of Fresh water Giant Pr awn
Learners’ Space:
1. Present scenario of Aquaculture .
2. Role of Aquatic resources in food and nutrition.
3. Role of NABARD and NFDB (National Fisheries Development Board) in fisheries development .
PAPER 3: PSZOOCN303
FISH PROCESSING TECHNOLOGY
Unit 1: Hygienic Handling of fish (15 L)
Objectives :
● To impart knowledge and skill of handling of fish in hygienic conditions at various levels as
well as personnel hygien e.
● To assess freshness of fish.
● To gain knowledge of site selection, building construction and layout of different processing
units.
Desired Outcome:
● The learner will be able to handle the fish hygienically after sorting the fresh fish.
● To gain knowledge of site selection, building construction and layout of different processing
units.
1.1 Methods of handling of fish
1.2 Hygienic conditions required on board, landing centres and processing industry
1.3 Methods of transportation (conventional and recent) of fish to processing industry
1.4 Organoleptic tests
1.5 Temperature modeling and relationships in fish transportation
1.6 Typical layout for freezing industry, ice factory and canning industry
1.7 Site Selection:
1.7.1 Location
1.7.2 Site Level
1.7.3 Communications
1.7.4 Site size
1.8 Building specifications:
1.8.1 General introduction
1.8.2 Doors and windows
1.8.3 Lighting
1.8.4 Ventilation
1.8.5 Drains
1.8.6 Power supply
1.8.7 Water supply
1.8.8 Factory yards
Unit 2: Traditional fish processing (15 L)
Objectives :
To get acquainted with different methods and materials required in traditional fish
processing.
Desired Outcome :
The learner will understand packaging materials, compression system, refrigerants,
freezers, freezing, canning of fish with additional knowledge of additives and
instrumentation used in fish processing industry.
2.1 Indigenous methods of preservation
2.2 Simple Vapour Compression System (Refrigerator):
2.2.1 Ideal refrigerant,
2.2.2 Types of refrigerants
2.3 Types of freezers, freezing of fin fi shes and shell fishes
2.4 Accessory industry for canning, canning of fin fishes, shell fishes and cephalopods
2.5 Additives in fish processing
2.6 Major equipment used in fish processing industry and its maintenance
Unit 3: Modern fish processing (15 L)
Objectives :
● To give in depth knowledge of recent methods in fish processing.
Desired Outcome:
● The learner will gain insight of recent methods in fish processing industry.
1.1 Surimi technology and surimi based analogue products (o nly technology aspect)
1.2 Thermal processing of fishery products
1.2.1 Thermal processing
1.2.2 Pulsed light technology
1.2.3 Infra-red (IR) and Radio frequency (RF) processi ng technology and its applications
1.2.4 Ohmic or Joule heating
1.3 Non-thermal processing of fishery products
1.3.1 High pressure processing
1.3.2 Vacuum cooling
1.3.3 Irradiation
Unit 4: Quality assurance norms and methods (15 L)
Objectives :
● To give in depth knowledge of recent methods in quality control and their norms.
Desired Outcome :
● The learner wil l gain insight of recent methods in quality control and their norms.
4.1 Introduction to Quality Assurance
4.2 Microbiological testing:
4.2.1 Standard norms
4.2.2 Biogenic amines
4.2.3 Rapid detection kits
4.3 Hazard Analysis Critical Control Point (HACCP)
4.4 Check list for ensuing sea f ood safety
4.5 Changes that occur during freezing and frozen storage, and Protective treatments:
4.5.1 Changes:
a) Microbiological
b) Physical and chemical changes
c) Protein denaturation
d) Fat oxidation
e) Dehydration
f) Drip
4.5.2 Protective treatments:
a) Polyphosphate
b) Glazing
c) Antioxidant s
d) Packaging
4.6 ISO-9000 series certification of the International Standard Organization
4.7 National and International food laws, integrated food law (FSSAI, CODEX GMP)
4.8 Harbour management
4.9 Fish Toxins – Intrinsic and extrinsic factors for toxicity of fish
Learner s’ Space:
1. Accessary used in fish processing industry for maintaining hygiene .
2. Work experience in fish processing industry.
PAPER 4: PSZOOCN304
FIN FISH AND SHELL FISH BIOLOGY
Unit 1: Morphology of fin fish and shell fish (15 L)
Objective:
● To familiarize the learners about importance of morphological characters of fin fish and
shell fish for taxonomy.
Desired outcome:
● The learners will gain the knowledge of morphological characters and will enable to use in
the taxonomy of fin fish and shell fish.
1.1 Fin fish morphology: skin, colour, eyes, mouth structure, jaws and teeth, fins, fin rays, spine,
scales, operculum, gills and gill rakers, claspers,
1.2 Shell fish morphology: eyes, hectocoty lus arm, foot, shells, tentacles, pleopods, uropods,
cehalothoraxic appendages, antennae, antennules, spines
1.3 Morphometric measurement , Significance of morphometric measurement
1.4 Taxonomic importance of morphological characters
Unit 2: Basic fish anatomy (15 L)
Objective:
● The learners will familiarize the basic of fish anatomy.
Desired outcome:
● The learners will aware about basic of fish anatomy.
3.1 Digestive system of a teleost and its associated glands
3.2 Respiratory system
3.2.1 Gill - Structure and T ypes, Mechanism of respiration
3.2.2 Air bladder – Structure and Types, functions
3.2.3 Accessory R espiratory Organs
3.2.4 Respiratory pigment
3.3 Nervous system of Teleost
3.4 Sense organs and Endocrine organs in fishes
3.5 Weberian ossicle – Structure and functio ns
3.6 Heart and aortic arches of a teleost
3.7 Excretion and Osmoregulation:
3.7.1 Structure and function of the excretory organs
3.7.2 Major excretory pro ducts of fishes, Patterns of nitrogen excretion
3.7.3 Osmotic and ionic regulation – Acid-base balance
Unit 3: Locomotion a nd Light producing organs in fishes (15 L)
Objective:
● The learners will familiarize about locomotion and light producing organs.
Desired outcome:
● The learners will gain the knowledge of types of locomotion, significance of luminescent
and advantages of migration of fishes.
3.1 Locomotion
3.1.1 Types of locomotion
3.1.2 Special mode of locomotion
3.1.3 Locomotion due to the movement of appendages
3.2 Migration in fishes
3.2.1 General account of migration
3.2.2 Types of migration
3.2.3 Advantages of migration
3.2.4 Factors influencing migration
3.2.5 Symbiosis
3.3 Light producing organs
3.3.1 Location
3.3.2 Nature of light producing organs
3.3.3 Structure of light producing organs
3.3.4 Significance of luminescence in fishes
Unit IV: Mud Crab (15 L)
Objective:
● To aware the learners about importance of mud crab.
Desired outcome:
● The learners will get the knowledge about biology and importance of the mud crab.
1.1 Distribution, Habit and Habitat
1.2 External characters
1.3 Life history
1.4 Migration and movement
1.5 Heart and circulatory system
1.6 Respiratory system
1.7 Economic importance
Learners ’ space :
1. Collect the photographs of various locomotion of fishes
2. Collect the photographs of light pr oducing fishes .
M. Sc. Part 2: Semester III Practical
Practical 1: PSZOOCN3P1: Oceanography
1. Oceanographic instruments:
a) Niskin water sampler
b) CTD meter
c) Bathythermometer
d) Ekman’s Current Meter
e) Secchi disc
f) Plankton nets:
i. Standard net
ii. Hensen net
iii. Clarke Bumpus net
g) Stemple pipette and counting slide
h) Nekton sampling device:
i. Beam trawl
ii. Otter trawl
i) Benthic sampling devices:
i. Naturalist dredge
ii. Scallop dredge
iii. Petersen grab
iv. Van veen grab
v. Ekman grab and corers
2. Physical and chemical oceanography: Determin ation of physico -chemical parameters:
a) Salinity (Argentometric method)
b) Silicates
3. Estimation of primary productivity by light and dark bottle.
4. Identification of Zooplankton permanent slides: Noctiluca , Obelia medusa, Jelly fish, Physalia ,
Porpita , Zoea, Cope pods, Mysids, Megalopa, Bipinnaria, Nauplius, Pteropods, Sagitta ,
Doliolum , Oikopleura , Fish eggs and larvae
5. Laboratory procedure for quantitative estimation of plankton settling method, wet weight
method, weight displacement method, counting method.
6. Ident ification of intertidal organisms:
a) Rocky shore: Patella , Chiton , Pernaviridis , Cardium , Balanus , Gorgonids, Littorina and
Corals ( Acropora, Meandrina, Astraea / Star coral)
b) Sandy shore: Solen, Umbonium, Oliva, Fiddler crab, Star fish, Balanoglossus
c) Muddy s hore: Lingula, Chaetopterus, Arenicola, Tubiculus worm, Mud skipper
7. Food and feeding habit in fish.
8. Students Activity: Observation of Molluscan shells and Marine algae during field visit and
submit report.
9. Visit to Institutes involved in Marine Biology or Oceanography Research.
Practical 2: PSZOOCN3P2: Freshwater Aquaculture
1. Estimation of Turbidity, DO, pH, Hardness CO 2 and BOD of pond water.
2. Identification
a) Major candidate species of fishes - Labe o rohita, Catla catla, Cirrhina mrigala, Cyprinus
carpio , Ctenopharyngodon idellus, Hypophthalmichthys molitrix )
b) Crustaceans - Macrobrachium rosenbergii .
3. Identification of important ornamental fishes (Angel, Danio, Discus, Flower horn, Gourami,
Siamese fighter, Sword tail, Gold fish, Koi).
4. Identification of impo rtant aquatic plants used in aquarium. (Amazon sword, Cork screw,
Ludwigia , Aqua rose , Cobamba, Pistia ).
5. Setting up of aquarium and maintenance of aquarium fishes.
6. Study of developmental stages in fish – Eggs, hatchings and fingerlings.
7. Study of various co mponents of fish hatchery.
8. Study of sexual dimorphism in Macrobrachium rosenbergii
9. Study of various stages in the life cycle of Macrobrachium rosenbergii (Eggs larva , Juvenile )
10. Visit to fresh water hatchery/ aquaculture farm and submi t a report.
Practical 3: PSZOOCN3P3: Fish Processing Technology
1. Organoleptic tests freshness of fish and fishery products.
2. Dressing (Beheading, Peeling and Deveining) and grading of shrimps.
3. Fish dressing and filleting.
4. Estimation of moisture content in fish and shrimp muscle.
5. Sketching of layout of ice factory, cold storage, freezing and canning industry.
6. Identification of various equipment (Photographs)
a) Thermal processing
b) Pulsed light technology
c) Infra-red (IR) and Radio frequency (RF) processing
d) Ohmic or Joule heating
e) High pr essure processing
f) Vacuum cooling
g) Irradiation
7. Preparation of proposal for fish processing industry.
8. Visit to fish processing industry , fish landing centres, cold storages and ice plants .
Practical 4: PSZOOCN3P4: Fin fish and Shell Fish Biology
1. Identifica tion - Matuta sp. , Scylla serrata , Neptunus sanguinolentus , Neptunus pelagicus ,
Charybdis sp ., Sepia sp. , Loligo sp .
2. Dissections
a) Nervous system of a suitable bony fish
b) Aortic arches of a suitable bony fish
c) Digestive system of a suitable bony fish
d) Weberian ossicles from a suitable bony fish
e) Heart and circulatory system of mud crab
3. Mountings
Fins, Gills and rakers, clasper, hectocotylus arm , rostrum, chelate leg, pleopod, uropod,
antenna, antennule , walking leg , air bladder,
4. Types of fins and scales
5. Permanen t slides
Larval stages of crab,
6. To identify and locate the shoals of fishes from the data/photographs captured by remote
sensing devices/techniques/GPS (Demonstration only)
7. Determination of ammonia from the tank water
8. Identification of Air Breathing Fishe s – Anabas testudineus, Clarius batrachus, Boleophthalmus
spp
9. Visit to local fish market to identify commercially important shell fishes and and prepare a
report.
References PSZOOCN301
1. Dietrich, G., Kalle, K., Krauß, W., & Siedler, G. (1980). G eneral oceanography. Wiley.
2. Schlee, S. (1975). A history of oceanography: the edge of an unfamiliar world. Hale.
3. Gross, M. G. (1977). Oceanography: a view of the earth. Prentice -Hall publisher.
4. Siddhartha, K. (2001). Oceanography: A Brief Introduction. Kis alaya Publications.
5. Basu, S. K. (Ed.). (2003). Hand Book of Oceanography (Vol. 1). Global Vision Pub
House.
6. Pinet, P. R. (2019). Invitation to oceanography. Jones & Bartlett Learning.
7. Lalli, C., & Parsons, T. R. (1997). Biological oceanography: an introduc tion. Elsevier.
8. Sverdrup, H. U., Johnson, M. W., & Fleming, R. H. (1942). The Oceans: Their physics,
chemistry, and general biology (Vol. 7). New York: Prentice -Hall.
9. Nair N.B. and Thampi D.H. (1980). A textbook of marine ecology. Macmillan.
10. Thurman, H. V. , & Burton, E. A. (1997). Introductory oceanography. New York: Prentice
Hall.
11. Qasim, S. Z. (1998). Glimpses of the Indian Ocean. Universities Press.
12. Pirie, R. G. (1973). Oceanography: contemporary readings in ocean sciences. Oxford
University Press Inc.
13. Newell, G. E., & Newell, R. C. (1963). Marine plankton: a practical guide (No. 592 NEW).
14. Michael, P. (1984). Ecological methods for field and laboratory investigations. Tata
McGraw -Hill.
15. Tait, R.V. and DeSanto (1972). Elements of Marine Ecology: An Introduct ory Course.
Spinger Veelag.
16. David Ross (1977) Introduction to Oceanography. Prentice -Hall
17. Schlieper, C. (1972). Research methods in marine biology.
18. Tait R.V. (2013). Elements of Marine Ecology: An Introductory Course. Elsevier.
19. Chhapgar, B. F. (1991). Seas hore life of India (Vol. 3). Oxford University Press.
20. Pillai N. Krishna (1986). Introduction to Planktology. Himalaya Publication house
Bombay.
21. Fincham A. A. (1984). Basic marine biology. Cambridge University Press.
22. Raymont J. E. G. (1980). Plankton & Prod uctivity in the Oceans: Volume 1:
Phytoplankton 2nd Edition. Pergamon.
23. Levinton, J. S., & Levinton, J. S. (1995). Marine biology: function, biodiversity, ecology
(Vol. 420). New York: Oxford University Press.
24. Riley J.P. and R, Chester R. (2016). Chemical O ceanography, 2nd edition. Academic
Press.
References PSZOOCN302
1. Pillay, T.V.R. & M.A. Dill. Advances in Aquaculture. Fishing News (Books) Ltd. England
1979.
2. Boyd C E Water quality Management for Pond fish culture Elsevier Scientific Publishing
Company, 1982.
3. Jhingran, V.G. Fish and Fisheries of India. Hindustan Publishing Corporation India, 1982.
4. Cheng, T.C. The Biology of Animal Parasites. Saunders, Philadelphia, 1964.
5. Conroy D.A. & R.L. Herman. Textbook of Fish diseases Ibid, 1968.
6. APHA, AWWA, WPCF 1998 Standard methods for the Examination of Water and waste
water, 20th ED.
7. V.G Jhingran, Roger S.V. , Pullin Snippet -1985 A Hatchery Manual for the common,
Chinese and Indian Major Carps.
8. Jhingran VG &Pullin RSV. 1985. Hatchery Manual for the Common, Chinese and Indian
Major Carps. ICLARM, Philippines.
9. Pillay TVR & Kutty M N. 2005. Aquaculture - Principles and Practices. Blackwell.
10. Rath R K. 2000. Freshwater Aquaculture. Scientific Publ.
11. Thomas P C, Rath SC & Mohapatra K D. 2003. Breeding and Seed Productio n of Finfish
and Shellfish. Daya Publ.
References PSZOOCN303
1. Industrial Fishery by Dr. Ayub Mheboob Shaikh, Lulu Publication, Raleigh, NC 27607, USA.
Printed by Laxmi Book Publication, Solapur.
2. Fish handling & processing by Aitikin A. Published by Ministr y of agriculture, fisheries & food,
Torry Research Station, Edinburgh, H.M.S.O., 1982; National govt. publ; 2nd ed.
3. Fish as food by Borgstorm G; Academic press, New York and London; 1965; eBook ISBN
9780323146869.
4. Advances in fish science & technology by C onnell J. J; 1980; Fishing news books ltd,
Farnham, Surrey, England.
5. Assessment of fish quality by Neha Charan; 2014; Randon publ.
6. Introduction to Fishery By -products by Windsor M. & Barlow; 1981; Fishing News (Books).
7. Post-harvest technology of fish and f ish products by Balachandran K.K; 2001; Daya Publ;
Delhi; India.
(https://trove.nla.gov.au/work/33236887?q&versionId=40720970 ).
8. Advances in Fish Processing Technology by Sen D. P; 2005; Allied Publ.
(https://books.google.co.in/books/about/Advances_in_Fish_Processing_Technology.ht
ml?id=j1cRBAAAQBAJ&redir_esc=y )
9. Processing Aquatic Food Products by Wheaton F.W. & Lawson T.B; 1985; John Wiley & Sons.
(http://atlanticventures.net/processing -aquatic -food-products -by-f-w-wheaton - and-t-b-lawson -
hardcover/ )
10. https://books.google.co.in/books?id=wptXJ7gmMo0C&pri ntsec=frontcover&source=gb
s_ge_summary_r&cad=0#v=onepage&q&f=false
11. https://books.google.co.in/books?id= -
ioIGmVPvZwC&dq=Books%20on%20Hygienic%20handling%20and%20transportation
%20of%20fish%20catch&source=gbs_similarbooks
12. https://books.google.co.in/books?id=UPjSBwAAQBAJ&prin tsec=frontcover&dq=Books
+on+Temperature+modelling+and+relationships+in+fish+transportation.&hl=en&sa=X
&ved=0ahUKEwiLxIydo5XnAhVs7HMBHVuQC_UQ6wEILDAA#v=onepage&q=Books %20on%
20Temperature%20modelling%20and%20relationships%20in%20f ish%20tra
nsportation.&f=false
13. https://books.google.co.in/books?hl=en&lr=&id=UPjSBwAAQBAJ&oi=fnd&pg=P R9&dq =Tempe
rature+modelling+and+relationships+in+fish+transportation.&ots=gscuDsbGQ K&sig=l_GouDli
Fqs9Ej5IV1YBEb29p34#v=onepage&q=Tempe rature%20modelling%2
0and%20relationships%20in%20fish%20transportation.&f=false
14. https://books.google.co.in/books?id=W9XFDwAAQBAJ&pg=PA90&dq=Books+on+lay
out+of+cold+storage&hl=en&sa=X&ved=0ahUKEwim2Y -
EpZXnAhVM7XMBHadjALEQ6wEILDAA# v=onepage&q=Books%20on%20layout%20
of%20cold%20storage&f=false
15. https://books.google.co.in/book s?id=C4IHywAACAAJ&dq=Books+on+layout+of+canni ng+indus
try&hl=en&sa=X&ved=0ahUKEwj5n eylppXnAhUJILcAHbY1Ad8Q6wEILDAA
16. https://books.google.co.in/books?id=tFDMwgEACAAJ&dq=Bo oks+on+high+pressure+ processi
ng&hl=en&sa=X&ved=0ahUKEwii2cmzp5XnAhUK7nMBHeqqDaMQ6wEIaD A H
17. https://books.google.co.in/books?id=VqFUjwEACAAJ&dq=Books+on+pulsed+light+tec hnology
&hl=en&sa=X&ved=0ahUKEwjf3bX6p5XnAhW0juYKHYwUAu8Q6wEILDAA
18. https://books.google.co.in/books?id=ejwvWAFGCREC&printsec=frontcover&dq=Book s+on+irra
diation&hl=en&sa=X&ved=0ahUKEwi2kLa5qJXnAhWM6XMBHRMwDvoQ6
wEIRDAD#v=onepage&q=Books%20on%20irradiation&f=false
19. https://books.google.co.in/books?id=O7OtDwAAQBAJ&printsec=frontcover&dq=Books +on+infr
a+red+and+radio+frequency+technology+in+fishery+biology&hl=en&sa=X&ve d=0ahUKEwjelr
CiqZXnAhXJ63MBHd6ABzcQ6wEILjAA#v=onepage&q=Books%20on %20infra%20red%20and
%20radio%20frequency%20technology%20in%20fishery%20 biology&f=false
20. https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pmc/articles/PMC4190208/
21. http://www.fao.org/3/X5624E/x5624e08.htm#5.1%2 0definition%20of%20q.a.
References PSZOOCN304
1. Jhingran, V.G. Fish and Fisheries of India. Hindustan Publishing Co., 1975.
2. Howar, W.S. & D.S. Randal Fish Physiology, Vol.: 1 to 4.
3. Moyle Peterb, Fishes: An Introduction to Ichthyology. Prentice Hall, 1974 .
4. Meyer & Ashlock. Principles of systematic zoology.
5. Turnor – Text book of endocrinology.
6. D. V. Bal and K. V. Rao - Marine Fisheries, Tata McGraw -Hill Publishing Company Limited,
New Delhi.
7. Bashford, D. 1895. Fishes – Living and Fossil. Narendra Publ. Hs e., India, 300 pp.
8. Beavea, R. (Capt.) 1990. Handbook of the Freshwater Fishes of India. Narendra Publ. Hse.,
India, 247 pp.
9. Bone, Q and R.H. Moore. 2008 (Third Ed.). Biology of fishes. Taylor & Francis Group, New
York.
10. Bone & Marshall. Biology of Fishes. B lackie & Son Ltd., London, 253 pp.
11. Khanna, S.S. & H.R. Singh 2006. A Textbook of Fish Biology and Fisheries. Narendra Publ.
Hse., India, 524 pp.
12. Kuriyan, C.V. and V.O Sebastian 1993. Prawns and prawn fisheries of India (4th edn.)
Hindustan Publ. Corp., Del hi pp 267.
13. Lagler, K.F., J.E. Bardach & R.E. Miller 1963. Ichthyology. John Wiley & Sons, Inc., NY, 545
pp.
14. Jayachandran, K.V. 2001. Palaemonid prawns. Biodiversity, Taxonomy, Biology and
Management, Oxford and IBH Publ. Co. Pvt. Ltd. New Delhi
15. Misra, K.S. An Aid to the Identification of the Common Commercial Fishes of India and
Pakistan. Narendra Publ. Hse., India, 320 pp.
16. Moyle, P.B & J.C. Cech 1988. Fishes. An Introduction to Ichthyology. 2nd ed. Prentice Hall,
NJ, 559 pp
17. Marine crabs of Bombay state by B.F. Chhapgar; Taraporewala Marine Biological Station,
Bombay.
18. Jayaram K.C (2010). Fishes of the Indian region, NPH.
19. Srivastava, C.B.L. 2008. Fish Biology. Narendra Publ. Hse., India, 329 pp.
M. Sc. Part 2: Semester IV (Theory)
PAPER 1: PSZOOCN401
CAPTUR E FISHERIES
Unit 1: Inland Fishery resources of India (15 L)
Objective :
● To create awareness about the rich diversity of commercially important aquatic resource
organisms of inland fisheries and their economic potenti al.
Desired outcome :
● Learners will get a bird eye view on dimension and magnitude of inland fisheries potential
of India.
1.1 Riverine fisheries
1.1.1 West coast riverine system
1.1.2 East coast riverine system
1.1.3 North Eastern riverine system
1.2 Lacustrine fisheries:
1.2.1 Origin
1.2.2 Ecology
1.2.3 Productivity of lakes
1.3 Tropical fisheries:
1.3.1 Carps
1.3.2 Cat fishes
1.4 Temperate fisheries:
1.4.1 Trout
1.4.2 Mahaseer
1.5 Fishery Resources of Maharashtra
1.5.1 East coast river system
1.5.2 North Eastern river system
Unit 2: Estuarine fishery resources of India (15 L)
Objective :
● To create awareness about the rich diversity of commercially important aquatic resource of
estuaries and other economic potential.
Desired outcome :
● Learners will get knowledge about the speci fic estuarine resource of India .
2.1 Ecology of Estuaries
2.2 Principle Fisheries of Brackish water, Fisheries of Chilka, Pulicat and Kolleru lake
2.3 Hooghly Matlah Estuary
2.4 Hilsa fishery, Mullet fishery, Khajuri fishery
Unit 3: Commercially important fisheries in I ndia (15 L)
(Taxonomy, Distribution, Food and feeding, Reproduction, Crafts and gears used and
catch trends of the following fisheries)
Objective :
● To create awareness about food and feeding, reproduction and crafts and gears used in
fisheries.
Desired outcome :
● Learners will get knowledge about the crafts and gears, food and feeding used in fisheries
of India .
3.1 Coastal fisheries
3.1.1 Shark – Scoliodon sorrakowah
3.1.2 Ray – Himantura uarnak (Trygon uarnak )
3.1.3 Sardine – Sardinella longiceps
3.1.4 Mackeral – Rastrelliger kanagurta
3.1.5 Bombay duck – Harpodon nehereus
3.1.6 Pomfret – Pampus cinereus (Stromateus cinerius ), Pampus chinensis ( Stromateus
sinensis ), Parastromateus niger
3.1.7 Thread fin – Eleutheronema tetradactylum ( Polynemus tetradactylu s), Galeoides
decadactylu s (Polynemus polydactylus )
3.1.8 Pink Perch – Nemipterus japonicus ( Synagris japonicus)
3.1.9 Ribbon fish – Lepturacanthus savala ( Trichiurus savala )
3.2 Deep Sea fisheries
3.2.1 Yellow fin Tuna - Thunnus albacares
3.2.2 Skipjack Tuna - Katsuwonus pelamis
3.3 Commercial Shell fish fishe ries
3.3.1 Crustacean
a) Shrimp – Litopenaeus vannamei
b) Crab – Scylla serrat a
c) Prawn – Penaeus monodon
d) Lobster – Panulirus sp.
3.3.2 Mollusca
a) Clam – Katelysia opima
b) Mussels – Perna viridis ( Mytilus viridis )
c) Oyster – Crassostrea ingens
d) Cephalopod – Sepia pharaonis
Unit 4: Population Dynamics and Conservation (15 L)
Objective :
● To impart knowledge about conservation and sustainable consumption / harvesting of
these depletable natural resources.
Desired outcome :
● Learners will appreciate and a dapt the principles of sustainability for conservation and
long-term sustenance of the capture fisheries .
4.1 Structure and estimation of population
4.2 Factors affecting fish population
4.3 Problems of overfishing
4.4 Concept of MSY (Maximum Sustainable Yield), MEY (Max imum Economic Yield) and
recruitment
4.5 Conservation of capture fisheries resource
4.6 Abundance in population and fishery
4.7 Fishery catches and fluctuation, Optimum Yield, Age Composition, Population Growth,
Population Models
Learners’ Space :
1. Commercially marine captured fisheries of
a) Pakistan
b) Australia
c) Philippine
2. Blue water economy
PAPER 2: PSZOOCN402
BRACKISH AND MARINE WATER AQUACULTURE
Unit 1: Shell fish culture (15 L)
Objective
To familiarize the learners about breeding, raising and harvesting of shellfish and aquatic
plants.
Desired outcome
● The objective is an environmentally responsible source of food and commercial products,
helps to create healthier habitats, and is used to rebuild stocks of threatened or
endangered species .
1.1 Crab culture
1.1.1 Introduction, History and Present status of crab culture
1.1.2 Cultivable species of crabs in India
1.1.3 Pond design
1.1.4 Principles of crab hatchery, brood stock, larval and post -larval management
1.1.5 Techniques of Crabs culture, cage culture and pen culture
1.1.6 Crabs fattening
1.1.7 Prospect, problems and development of crab culture in India
1.2 Brackish water Prawn – Penaeus monodon Culture
1.2.1 Breeding techniques
1.2.2 Hatchery & Nursery Management
1.2.3 Rearing practices – Extensive, Semi -intensive, Intensive & Sustainable
1.3 Pearl oyster culture
1.3.1 Techniques of pearl oyster culture (Fresh water and Marine water) for artificial
production of pearls
1.3.2 Pearl culture techniques
a) Rafts
b) Long lines
c) Pearls oyster baskets
d) Under water platforms
e) Mother oyster culture / Collection of oysters
f) Rearing of oysters
g) Environmental parameters
h) Pearl Oyster surgery
i. Selection of Oyster
ii. Graft tissue preparation
iii. Nucleus insertion
iv. Conditioning for surgery
i) Post-operative culture, harvesting of pearl, clearing of pearl
j) Present status, Economic importance of p earls
k) Prospects and problems of pearl industry in India
1.4 Live feed culture
1.4.1 Candidate species of phytoplankton and zooplankton as food organisms
1.4.2 Tropic potentials - proximate composition of live feed
1.4.3 Culture requirements of important live food organisms
1.4.4 Culture of Green algae, blue -green algae, spirulina, diatoms, infusoria, rotifers,
cladocerons, tubifex, brine shrimp, chironomids. Culture of earthworms, bait fish
and forage fish
Unit 2: Fin Fish culture (15 L)
Objective
To familiarize the learners about breeding, raising and harvesting of fin fish .
Desired outcome
The objective is an environmentally responsible source of food and commercial products,
helps to create healthier habitats, and is used to rebuild stocks of thr eatened or endangered
species .
2.1 Lates calcarifer
2.2 Mullet
2.3 Milk fish
Unit 3: Farm Engineering (15 L)
Objective
To reduce operating costs and maximize the f armer's income.
To develop a more economic ration for fish from wastes to useful fish protein production.
To solve the waste management problem.
To control the pollution problem associated with livestock .
Desired outcome
The employment and economic advant ages, as well as the possibility of sustaining species
that might be over -fished if not for the controlled environments of fish farms .
3.1 Design, layout and construction of diff erent aqua farms and aqua house
3.2 Construction and desig n of pond dyke and sluice g ate
3.3 Water supply and drainage system
3.4 Design and fabrication of automatic feeder, aerator and bio filter
3.5 Instruments (Ki ts) for measuring water quality
Unit 4: Fin Fish and Shell fish Pathology and Health Management (15 L)
Objective
To undertake surveillance of existing and emerging fish and shellfish diseases.
To develop improved diagnostic techniques for the detection of existing and emerging fish
and shellfish diseases .
Desired outcome
● The study of fish and shellfish diseases gives a wide knowledge, not only of the
potential pathogens, but also of the environmental constraints and specialist
adaptations, which govern the ectothermic, aqueous, existence of organisms .
4.1 Fish Pathology: Causative agents, symptoms and contr ol of some infectious diseases of
fish
4.1.1 Diseases
a) Fungal Diseases - Saprolegniasis, Branchiomycosis
b) Bacterial Diseases - Fin and Tail rot, Ulcer diseases, Dropsy, Eye diseases,
Ferunculosis, Bacterial Gill diseases, ERM, Edwardsiellosis, Vibriosis
c) Protozoan Diseases - White spot diseases, Costiasis, Trichodinosis, Whirling
disease
d) Metazoans - Dactylogyrus, Gyrodactylus, Hirodinosis, Lernaea, Argulus
e) Viral diseases - IPN, IHN, VHs, CCVD, EUS
4.2 Shell Fish Pathology: Some common diseases of prawns – pathogens, s ymptoms and
control -
4.2.1 IHNV, Baculovirus, Black gill disease, brown spot disease
4.3 Health Management
4.3.1 Principles of disease diagnosis
4.3.2 Epidemiological and clinical diagnosis
4.3.3 Microbiological and post mortem examination of fin fishes in fresh water, brackish
water and marine water environment
4.3.4 Environmental impact of disease management
4.3.5 Aquaculture medicines and its importance in fisheries
4.3.6 Rules and regulation for use of aquaculture medicine
Learners’ Space:
1. Recent advances in brackish and marine water aquacul ture.
2. Concept of cold water marine aquaculture .
PAPER 3: PSZOOCN403
INDUSTRIAL FISHERY
Unit 1: Value added Products (15 L)
Objective
To familiariz e the learners about the entrepreneur of value added products from the fin fish
and shell fish .
Desired Outcome
● The learners will get knowledge of value added preparation and will start its own business .
1.1 Dry, salted and smoked products
1.2 Fish / Prawn Pickl e
1.3 Fish Chakli and Wafers
1.4 Artificial products / Crabs streaks
1.5 RTE products
1.6 Fish Kabab
1.7 Fish cuttlet
1.8 Fish Amoti
1.9 Fish Rumani
1.10 Fish fillets
Unit 2: Fish , Shell fish and Seaweed Products and By-products (15 L)
Objective
To provide info rmation on various fish products and by -products, utilization of fishery wastes
and their nutritional value .
Desired Outcome
The learner will develop the competence for making fish by products leading to self -
employment.
2.1 By-products
2.1.1 Fish meal
2.1.2 Fish oil
2.1.3 Fish protein concentrate
2.1.4 Functional fish protein concentrates
2.1.5 Isinglass
2.1.6 Shark leather
2.1.7 Fish glue
2.1.8 Fish gelatin
2.1.9 Pearl essence
2.1.10 Shark fin soup
2.2 Fermented fish products
2.2.1 Fish-Shrimp sauces and pastes
2.2.2 Philippine Bagoong
2.2.3 Malaysian Budu
2.2.4 Fish silage
2.2.5 Fish Protein Hydro lysate
2.3 Products from marine invertebrates shell waste
2.3.1 Chitin
2.3.2 Chitosan
2.3.3 Glucosamine hydrochloride
2.3.4 Astaxanthine
2.3.5 Calcium Supplements from shell
2.4 Seaweed products
2.4.1 Alginates
2.4.2 Agar agar
2.4.3 Agarose
2.4.4 Carageenan
Unit 3: Packaging Methods for Fish Products and By-products (15 L)
Objective
● To impart comprehensive overview of the scientific and technical aspects of food
packaging.
Desired Outcome
● The learner will be equipped with the knowledge on packaging machinery, systems,
testing and regulations of packaging, thus helping in job placement in fish processing /
export unit.
3.1 Food packaging
3.1.1 Purposes of food packaging
3.1.2 Technological aspects of packaging of fishery products
3.1.3 Packing of fresh and frozen fish for consumers
3.1.4 Packagin g for transport, shipping and institutional supplies
3.1.5 Packaging standards for domestic and international trade
3.2 Packaging materials
3.2.1 Basic films and laminates, their manufacture and identification
3.2.2 Resistance of packaging materials
3.2.3 Development of protective packaging for fishery products
3.3 Modified atmosphere packaging
3.3.1 Controlled packaging and aseptic packaging
3.3.2 Flexible packing, retort pouch processing of fish and fishery prod ucts principles and
techniques
3.4 Labelling and printing of packaging materials.
3.4.1 Labeling requirements – national and international, legislation on labeling
3.4.2 Labeling for product traceability
3.4.3 Type of labeling for organic foods, specific foods like organic foods, GM foods,
irradiated foods, vegetarian and non -vegetarian foods. Label des ign specification –
size, colour
3.5 Biodegradable plastics, Edible packaging and Bio-composites
3.6 Environmental Concerns: Recycling and Disposal of Plastic waste
3.7 Paper and Paper -based materials, Corrugated Fiber Board box (CFB)
Unit 4: Entrepreneurship and Marketing (15 L)
Objective
To familiarize the students with the basic concepts of Entrepreneurship and marketing
as applied to fishery industries.
Desired Outcome
The lear ner will understand and apply the entrepreneurship and marketing skills and
become a successful entrepreneur.
4.1 Role of Government and other organizations in promoting entrepreneurship
4.1.1 Government schemes and incentives for Small and Medium enterprises (SMEs )
4.1.2 Small Scale Industries (SSIs), START Ups, Women entrepreneurs
4.2 Science and Technology in Entrepreneurship Development (STED project of NSTEDB),
Agribusiness Incubation Centre (ICAR), National Fisheries Development Board (NFDB),
National Bank for Agricultu re and Rural Development (NABARD), Entrepreneurship
Development Institute of India (EDII), National Co -operative Development Corporation
(NCDC), Small Industry Development Organization (SIDO), National Institute for
Entrepreneurship and Small Business Deve lopment (NIESBUD), National Alliance Young
Entrepreneur (NAYE), Self Employed Women Association (SEWA), Self Help Groups
(SHGs)
4.3 Fish Market
4.3.1 Structure, Functions and Types
4.3.2 Marketing channels & supply chains
4.3.3 Consumer behaviour
4.3.4 Marketing research
4.4 Fish markets & marketing in India:
4.4.1 Problems of fish marketing in India
4.4.2 Cold storage & other marketing infrastructure in India
4.4.3 Marketing organization and improvement
4.4.4 E-marketing
4.4.5 Role of Government and Co -operatives in fish marketing, Export and import of fish
& fishery products, Role of MPEDA
Learners’ Space :
1. Food Packaging Laws and Regulations
2. Packaging Machinery
PAPER 4: PSZOOCN404
INSTRUMENTATION AND PRESENTATION OF SCIENTIFIC DATA
Unit 1: Instrumentation (15 L)
Objective
To learn how to d esign and build instruments for laboratory measurement.
To understand fundamental principles of operation .
Desired Outcome
The learner will understand methods for operation of instruments and data analysis.
The learner will understand how instrumentation can advance scientific research.
1.1 Centrifugation:
Principle and applications of Centrifugation
Differential and density gradient Centrifugation
1.2 Electrophoresis:
Principle
Structural components
Applications
1.3 Chromatography:
Principle and applications
Adsor ption
Ion exchange
Gel permeation
Affinity
1.4 Spectrophotometer:
Principle
Applications
1.5 pH meter
Principle
Applications
1.6 Microscopy
Binocular
Trinocular
Unit 2: Presentation of Scientific data (15 L)
Objective
To aware the students fo r good practice in data presentation.
To aware the students to use different data presentation formats .
Desired Outcome
The students will familiarize to explain their research data by using different techniques for
presenting their scientific data.
2.1 Type s of presentation:
Oral
Poster
Written
Audio -visual
Aids for presentation
2.2 Preparing the manuscript
Guidelines for authors
The IMRAD format
2.3 Title, Byline, Abstract and Summary, Keywords
2.4 Introduction:
Defining the problem
Literature survey
Justifica tion of study
2.5 Materials and Methods:
Contents
Sources
Procedures
Techniques
Reproducibility
Significance
2.6 Results:
Text
How to present data
Tables and illustrations
Writing captions
Labels and legends
2.7 Discussion:
Components and Sequence
Analysis, Comparison and Integration of Data
Likely Sources of Errors in Results
2.8 Conclusions and significance
Unit 3: Project (30 L)
Objective
To familiarize learner for analyzing a scientific occurrence with an investi gation or to solve
a problem with an invention .
Desired Outcome
Research expands the current state of knowledge (at a certain cost) of the learners.
Experimental findings that may yield new insights or lead to other research among the
learners.
1. Dissertat ion 60 Marks
2. Examinations 50 Marks
Guidelines to the Project:
1. The Project shall include:
Title of the Project
Aims, Objectives and Rationale
Materials and Methods
Observation and / Results
Interpretation of Observation / Results and Discussion
Conclusion and / Recommendation
Relevance of Work / Justification of Work with Project title
Relevant References
2. The pro ject must be type -written using computer and printed for binding.
3. No minimum or maximum limit of the number of pages is defined since the volume
of the proposal is dependent on the scope of the selected topic.
4. Name of the mentor may be reflected on the first page of the project along with the
student’s names.
5. The hard copy of proposal must be retained and submitted along with the
dissertation in the examination for the reference of the external examiner/s.
6. Student should prepare individual power point presentation (PPT) on the project and
must present it in front of examiners at the time of examination.
7. The project will be prepared individually by students.
M. Sc. Part 2: Semester IV Practical
Practical 1: PSZOOCN4P1
Capture Fisheries
1. Identification, Classification of Marine fishes w.r.t. Fishery Aspects on the following: List of
Marine fishes:
A. Elasmobranchs:
a) Family Carcharidae: Carcharias sps ., Zygaena malleus
b) Family Rhinobatidae: Rhynchobatus djiddensis
c) Family Trygonidae: Himantura uarnak (Trygon urnak )
B. Teleost:
a) Family Percidae: Lutjanus johnii, Therapon sps., Nemipterus japonicus (Synagris
japonicus)
b) Family Squamipinnes: Scatophagus argus
c) Family Polynemidae: Eleutheronema tetradactylum (Polynemus tetradactylus),
d) Family Sciaenidae: Sciaena sps.
e) Family Trichuridae: Lepturacanthus savala (Trichiurus savala) (haumela)
f) Family Carangidae: Caranx rottleri
g) Family Stromatidae: Pampus argenteus , Pampu s chinensis (Stromateus sinensis),
h) Family Scombridae: Rastrelliger kanagurta, Cybium guttatum
i) Family Gobidae: Boleophthalmus sps.
j) Family Mugillidae: Mugil sps.
k) Family Pleuronectidae: Psettodes erumei, Cynoglossus elongatu s
l) Family Scopelidae: Saurida tumbil , Harpodon nehereus
m) Family Sombresocidae: Strongylura strongylura ( Belone stongylurus ), Hemiramphus
sps.
n) Family Clupeidae: Sardinella longiceps (Clupea longiceps)
o) Family Chirocentridae: Chirocentrus dorab
p) Family Muraenesox: Muraenesox sps.
2. Plotting the fr equency polygon by ova diameter measurement.
3. Biometric studies of fish / prawn
a) Study of relationship between total length and standard length / head length / body depth
length / body weight.
b) Calculate correlation (standard length and total length, head le ngth and total length, body
depth and total length). Calculate the index values for various relationships.
4. Identification & Classification of fresh water, estuarine and marine non fish marine organisms
a) Tilapia, Cat fishes
b) Fresh water prawn ( Macrobrachium rosenbergii )
c) Hilsa fishery, Mullet fishery
d) Trout and Mahaseer
5. Study of crafts and gears used on the East and West coast of India.
6. Visit to fish landing centre / local fish market.
Practical 2: PSZ OOCN4P2
Brackish and Marine Water Aquaculture
1. Identifi cation Peneaus monodon, Scylla serrata, Lates calcarifer , Mullet, Milk fish, Pearl
Oyster .
2. Identification of various farm equipment such as feeding cups, trays, paddle wheels,
aerators, fountains, Sluice gate models, elbow pipe outlets.
3. Identification of Aquaculture feed:
• Green algae, blue -green algae, spirulina, diatoms, infusoria, rotifers, cladocerons, tubifex,
brine shrimp, chironomids.
• Culture of earthworms, bait fish and forage fish.
4. Identification of fin fish and shell fish disease s
a) Fungal Di seases – Saprolegniasis, Branchiomycosis
b) Bacterial Diseases – Fin and Tail rot, Ulcer diseases, Dropsy, Eye diseases,
Ferunculosis, Bacterial Gill diseases, ERM, Edwardsiellosis, Vibriosis
c) Protozoan Diseases – White spot diseases, Costiasis, Trichodinosis, Whirling disease
d) Metazoans – Dactylogyrus, Gyrodactylus, Hirodinosis, Lernaea, Argulus
e) Viral diseases – IPN, IHN, VHs, CCVD, EUS.
5. Aquaculture medicines and its importance in fisheries :
Geotox, aquanone, Bio -ox, sodium chloride , formalin, malachite green, methylene
blue, potassium permanganate, hydrogen per oxide and glutaraldehyde phostoxin,
dipterex, antimicrobials, copper sulphate, sumithion, melathion
6. Visit to fish farming and submit its report.
PRACTICAL 3 : PSZOOCN4P3
INDUSTRIAL FISHERY
1. Preparation of value added products :
a) Fish/Prawn Pickle
b) Fish Chakli and wafers
c) Artificial products/crabs streaks
d) Fish Kabab
e) Fish cuttlet
f) Fish Amoti
g) Fish Rumani
h) Fish fillets
2. Preparation of fish by -products:
a) Fish Protein Concentrate
b) Fish body oil
c) Fish meal
d) Chitosan
e) Isinglass
3. Identification of packaging materials:
a) Simple & Lacquered Cans
b) Polyolefin Films
c) Waxed Duplex cartons
d) Retort Pouches
e) Corrugated Fibre Board box
4. Fish market survey to study (any one):
a) Fluctuations in t he availability and price of fish
b) Various preserved & processed fish / prawns
c) The availability of various by products, value added products and its price
d) Various packaging materials used in fish processing industries
Practical 4: PSZOOCN4P4
Instrumentatio n and Presentation of Scientific data
The practical of Semester 4 paper 4 comprises the Research Project for which students will have
to take up a particular topic based on which they will be doing research applying the ethics of
research, methods and met hodology, etc. They are expected to abide rules of Scientific Research
and if possible derive at a conclusion for the same. This will help the learners to build a strong
foundation for pursuing research. Learners will acquaint about preparation of lay out, structure and
language of typical reports, illustrations and tables. Learners will gain l knowledge about how to
write bibliography, referencing and footnotes in reports and thesis or in research articles.
Further, learners will be oriented to presentati on of data through effective communication with the
help of advanced visual technology. In addition to that they will be aware about the application of
results, environmental impacts, conservation of biodiversity, ethical issues and ethical committees.
The practical should be organized in such a manner that learners can be trained to manage large
data sets generated via multiple observations, arrange them in a proper format and present them
in relevant graphs/charts by adopting a hands -on in silico approach .
References PSZOOCN401
1. V.G. Jhingran, Fish and fisheries, Hindustan Publishing Corporation (India) Revised and
enlarged 2nd edition.
2. David Ross, Introduction to Oceanography.
3. D.V. Bal and K.V. Rao, Marine fisheries of India, T-M-H.
4. Harold Thurman, Intro ductory oceanography, Prentice Hall. London.
5. Richard A. Davis, Jr. Oceanography an Introduction to the Marine Environment - Wm.C.
Brown Publishers.
6. Fishes by M Chandy, National Book Trust India.
7. The Fishes of India By Francis Day, Volume I Text, Today and T omorrows Book Agency,
New Delhi.
8. Fundamentals of Ichthyology by S.P. Biswas, Narendra Publishing House, Delhi, India.
References PSZOOCN402
1. Huet, M. Textbook of Fish Culture – Breeding and Cultivation of Fish. Fishing News (Books)
Ltd., England, 1972.
2. Bardach, et. Al. Aquaculture – The Farming and Husbandry of Freshwater and Marine
Organisms. John Wiley & Sons, NY, 1972.
3. Chen, T.P. Aquaculture Practices in Taiwan. Fishing News (Books) Ltd., England, 1976.
4. Takeo Imai. Aquaculture in Shallow Seas – Progr ess in Shallow Sea Culture. Oxford & IBH
Publ. Co., India, 1977.
5. Stickney, R.R. Principles of Water Aquaculture. John Wiley & Sons, NY, 1979.
6. Jhingran, V.G. Fish and fisheries of India. Hindustan Publ . Corporation (India), 1982.
7. Kurian, C.V. & V.O. Sabas tian. Prawn and Prawn Fisheries of India. Hindus tan Publ. Corp.
India, 1982.
8. Brown, E.E. World Fish Farming – Cultivation and Economics. AVI Publi shing Co.
Connecticut, 1983.
9. Huner Jay V. et. Al. Crustacean and Molluse Aquaculture in United States. AVI P ublishing
Co. Connecticut, 1985
10. Pilley, T.V.R. Aquaculture – Principles and Practices. Fishing News (Books) Ltd., London,
1990.
11. Bose, A.N. Coastal Aquaculture Engineering. Oxford & IBH Publishi ng Company Pvt. Ltd.,
1991.
12. Turcker, C.S. (ed.). Channel Cat fish Culture. Elsevier, 1985.
13. Boyd, C.E. Water Quality Management for pond Fish Culture. Elsevier Scientific Publishing
Company, 1982.
14. R. Ramachandran Nair Encyclopedia of fish disease
15. K.P. Biswas Prevention and control of fish and Prawn diseases
16. B.K. M ishra, P. Swain, P.K.Sahoo, B.K.Das, N.Sarangi. Disease management in FW
Pisicultue
17. Wheaton,F.W. Aquacultural Engineering
18. Bose et al. Coastal Aquacultural Engineering
References PSZOOCN403
1. Adcock D, Bradfield R, Halborg A & Ross C. 1995. Marketing Prin ciples and Practice. Pitman
Publ.
2. Ahvenainen, R. (Ed.) Novel Food Packaging Techniques, CRC Press, 2003.
3. Amarchand D &Varadharajan B. 1979. An Introduction to Marketing. Vikas Publ.
4. Athalye, A.S. (1992), Plastics in Packaging, Tata McGraw –Hill Publishing Co., New Delhi.
5. Bakker, M. (1986) The Wiley Encyclopedia of Packaging Technology, John Willey & Sons.
Inc; New York.
6. Balachandran KK. 2001. Post -Harvest Technology of Fish and Fish Products. Daya Publ.
7. Chaston I. 1983. Marketing in Fisheries and Aquacultur e. Fishing News Books.
8. Coles, R., McDowell, D. and Kirwan, M.J. (Eds.) Food Packaging Technology, CRC Press,
2003.
9. Dayanandan, R. - Entrepreneurship Development and Small Business Enterprises.
10. Dennis A, Brandfield R, Al Halhorg & Ross C. 2004. Marketing Pr inciples and Practice.
Pitman Publ. Ian C. 1984. Marketing in Fisheries and Aquaculture. Fishing News Books.
11. Food Packaging Technology Handbook. NIIR Board, National Institute of Industrial
Research, 2003.
12. Gopakumar K. (Ed.). 2002. Text Book of Fish Proces sing Technology. ICAR.
13. Govindan, T.K. Fish Processing Technology, Oxford -IBH, 1985.
14. Hall GM. (Ed.). 1992. Fish Processing Technology. Blackie.
15. Han, J.H. (Ed.) Innovations in Food Packaging, Elsevier Academic Press, 2005.
16. Jolson MA. 2004. Marketing Manageme nt. Macmillan Publ.
17. Khanka S. S. - Entrepreneurial development – S. Chand publication.
18. Kotler P & Armstrong GM. 2006. Marketing: An Introduction. Prentice Hall.
19. Kotler P. 2005. Marketing Management. Prentice Hall of India.
20. Mascarenhas Romeo S. – Entreprene urship – Vipul Publication Mumbai
21. Nambudiri DD. 2006. Technology of Fishery Products. Fishing Chimes.
22. Paine FA and Paine HY, A Handbook of Food Packaging, Blackie Academic.
23. Phillip K & Armstrong G. 2007. Principles of Marketing. Prentice Hall.
24. Phillip K. 2 008. Marketing Management. 12th Ed. Prentice Hall of India.
25. Prof. D. M. Sarwate (1996) Entrepreneurial Development Concept And Practices Paperback -
Everesty publishing house Professional, 1992.
26. Robertson GL, Food Packaging – Principles and Practice, CRC P ress Taylor and Francis.
27. Robertson, G.L. (2006). Food Packaging: Principles and Practice (2nd ed.), Taylor & Francis.
28. Rooney, M. L. (1995). Active Food Packaging, Blacki Academic & Professional, Glasgow, UK.
29. Sacharow, S. and Griffin, R.C. (1980) Principles of Foods Packaging, 2nd Ed., Avi,
Publication Co. Westport, Connecticut, USA.
30. Sen DP. 2005. Advances in Fish Processing Technology. Allied Publ.
31. Vasant Desai - Small Scale Industries & Entrepreneurship.
32. Wheaton FW & Lawson TB. 1985. Processing Aquatic Foo d Products. John Wiley & Sons.
33. Windsor M & Barlow. 1981. Introduction to Fishery Byproducts. Fishing News
(Books). http://ecoursesonline.iasri.res.in/mod/page/view.ph p?id=4458
34. Balachand ran K.K. Post Harvest Technology of Fish and Fishery Products
35. Brody J. Fishery Byproduct Technology
36. Chicheste C.O. and Graham H.D. Microbial Safety of fishery Products
37. Amerien M.A. et.al. Principles of sensory evaluation of Food .
References PSZOOCN404
1. Sharma V.K. (1991) - Techniques in microscopy and cell biology, Tata -Mc Graw Hill.
2. Bisen & Mathew - Tools and Techniques in Life Sciences – CBS Publishers & distributors.
3. Robert Braun - Introduction to Instrumental Analysis. McGraw Hill International Editions
4. Wilson and Walker – Principles and Techniques of Practical Biochemistry. Cambridge Univ.
Press.
5. C. R. Kothari – Research Methodology, Methods and Techniques. Wiley Eastern Ltd.
Mumbai.
University of Mumbai
M.Sc. ZOOLOGY (Oceanography and Fish ery Technology)
Semester III / Semester IV EXAMINATIONS
Modality of Assessment
A. Internal Assessment 40%
Sr. No. Evaluation type Total Marks
1 One Assignments / Case study 25
2 Active participation in routine class instructional deliveries 05
3 Attendan ce – (0-25% = 0 marks, 25 -50% = 1mark, 50 -75% =
3 marks and 75 -100%= 5 marks) 05
4 Overall conduct as a responsible student, manners, skill in
articulation, leadership qualities demonstrated through
organizing co ‐curricular, etc. 05
B. External Assessment 60%
a. Semester End Examination 60 Marks
Duration – These examinations shall be of two and half hours duration for each
paper.
Theory Question Paper Pattern:
There shall be five questions each of 12 marks. On each unit there will be one
question and the firs t one will be based on entire syllabus.
All questions shall be compulsory with internal choice within the questions.
Each question will be of 18 to 30 marks with options.
Question may be subdivided into sub questions a, b, c… and the allocation of
marks de pend on the weightage of the topic.
b. Practicals: 50 Marks
c. Project in Semester IV: Internal Examination 40 Marks
Dissertation: 60 Marks
External Evaluation: 50 Marks
*Note - The practicals may be conducted by using specimens authorized by the wild life
and such other regulating authorities though it is strongly recommended that the same
should be taught by using photographs / audio -visual aids / simulations / models etc. as
recommended by the UGC and as envisaged in the regulation of the relevant monitor ing
bodies. No new specimens, however, shall be procured for the purpose of conducting
practicals mentioned here -in above.
N.B:
I) It is pertinent to note that we have to adhere strictly to the directions as given in the UGC
Circular F14 -4/2006 (CPP -II).
II) Apart from the Institutional Animal Ethics Committee (IAEC) and any other Committee
appointed by a Competent Authority / Body from time to time, every college should constitute the
following Committees:
1) A Committee for the Purpose of Care and Supervision of Experimental Animals
(CPCSEA) and
2) A Dissection Monitoring Committee (DMC) to ensure that no dissections are done.
Composition of DMC shall be as follows:
i) Head of the Concerned Department (Convener / Chairperson)
ii) Two Senior Faculty Members of the concerned Department
iii) One Faculty of related department from the same College
iv) One or two members of related department from neighbouring colleges.
Use of animals for any experiment / dissection / mounting is banned. Simulations,
author ized permanent specimens / slides, charts, models and other innovative
methods are encouraged.
University of Mumbai
M.Sc. ZOOLOGY (Oceanography and Fishery Technology) Paper
Pattern of
Semester III (Papers 1, 2, 3, 4) / IV (Papers 1, 2, 3) Examin ation
Maximum Marks: 60 Duration: 2.5 Hours Marks Option: 90
Question 1. Based on Unit I to IV (Mixed Questions)
Question 2. Based on Unit I
Question 3. Based on Unit II
Question 4. Based on Unit III
Question 5. Based on Unit IV
Instructions:
a. All questions are compulsory.
b. All questions carry equal marks.
c. Draw neat and labelled diagrams wherever necessary.
1. Answer any four questions from the following: (Based on all 4 Units) (12)
a)
b)
c)
d)
e)
f)
2. Answer any two questions from the following: (Based on Unit I) (12)
a)
b)
c)
3. Answer any two questions from the following: (Based on Unit II) (12)
a)
b)
c)
4. Answer any two questions from the following: (Based on Unit III) (12)
a)
b)
c)
5. Answer any two questions from the following: (Based on Unit IV) (12)
a)
b)
c)
Semester IV Examination
Paper IV: Instrumentation and Presentation of Scien tific data
Internal (Theory) Paper Pattern of PSZOOCN404
Maximum Marks: 40 Duration: 1.15 Hours Marks Option: 60
Instructions:
a. All questions are compulsory.
b. Draw neat and labeled diagrams wherever necessary.
1. Fill in the blank by choosing the correct option given in the brackets (Based on both Units) Four
sub-questions from each unit. (08)
2. Answer any two questions from the following: (Based on Unit I) (16)
a)
b)
c)
3. Answer any two questions from the following: (Based on Unit II) (16)
a)
b)
c)
Skeleton of Practical Examination Question Paper Practical Paper 1:
PSZOOCN3P1
Time: 10:00 am to 3:00 pm Total Marks: 50
1. Estimate the Salinity and Silicates of the given water sample. 14
OR
1. Estimate the primary product ivity using light and dark bottle method of the given water
sample. 14
2. Quantitative estimation of plankton using settling method / wet weight method / weight
displacement method / counting method. 08
OR
2. Analyze and make a report of gut contents of the fishes provided. 08
3. Identificat ion 18
a) Oceanographic instrument
b) Oceanographic instrument
c) Intertidal organism – Rocky shore
d) Intertidal organism – Sandy shore
e) Intertidal organi sm – Muddy shore
f) Zooplankton
4. Viva voce based on Theory. 05
5. Journal. 05
Skeleton of Pract ical Examination Question Paper
Practical 2: PSZOOCN3P2
Time: 10:00 am to 3:00 pm Total Marks: 50
1. Estimation of Turbidity and pH / H ardness and CO 2 of the given pond water s ample. 10
OR
1. Estimation of BOD of given pond water sample. 10
2. Submit a report on setting and maintenance of aquarium and viva voce based on it. 07
OR
2. Identification of characteristics of mal e and female Macrobrachium rosenbergii. 07
3. Identify and describe. 18
a) Candidate species of fish / crustacean
b) Ornamental fish
c) Aquatic plant used in aquarium
d) Developmental stage in fish
e) Developmental stage in Macrobrachium rosenbergii
f) Compon ent of fish hatchery
4. Viva voce based on Theory. 05
5. Journal and Field Report. 10
Skeleton of Practical Examination Question Paper:
Practical 3: PSZOOCN3P3
Time: 10:00 am to 3:00 pm Total Marks: 50
1. Estimate moisture content from the given fish sample. 12
OR
1. Sketch the layout of ice factory / cold storage / freezi ng industry / canning industry.
12
2. Differentiate between fresh fish or prawn on the basis of organoleptic tests. 11
OR
2. Prepare the shrimps for processing after dressing and grading. 11
OR
2. Demonstrate fish dressing and filleting of fish. 11
3. Identification (a to d) based on practical 4 and 7. 12
4. Viva based on Theory. 05
5. Journal and Field Report. 10
Skeleton of Practical Examination Question Paper
Practical 4: PSZOOC N3P4
Time: 10:00 am to 3:00 pm Total Marks: 50
1. Dissect any given Teleost fish so as to expose its Digestive system / Nervous system / Aortic
arches. 14
OR
1. Dissect any given Teleost fish s o as to expose its weberian ossicles . 14
OR
1. Dissect Crab so as to expose its circulatory system. 14
2. Determine ammonia from the given tank water. 05
3. Make a temporary preparation o f (stain if necessary) 12
a) Fins / Gills and rakers / Clasper / Walking leg
b) Hectocotylus arm / Rostrum / Chelate leg
c) Pleopod / Uropod / Antenna / Antennule
d) Scales / Air bladder
4. Identify and describe . 09
a) Schooling /One Mollusc
b) Shoaling /One Crab Larva
c) One crab / One air breathing fish
5. Viva voce based on Theory. 05
6. Journal. 05
Skeleton of Practical Examination Q uestion Paper
Practical 1: PSZOOCN4P1
Time: 10:00 am to 3:00 pm Total Marks: 50
1. Major:
A. Identify and assign the given fishes to their respective genera and species. 12
i. Elasmobranch
ii. Teleost
iii. Teleost
iv. Teleost
B. One Fish with Francis Day Volume. 05
2. Minor:
Measure ova diameter and plot a frequency polygon for the given fish. 09
OR
From the data provided present an account of biometric parameters of the given fish.
i) Study of relationship between total len gth and standard length / head length / body
depth / body weight. 05
ii) Calculate its correlation. 04
3. Identify and comment on Inland fisheries, Estuarine and marine Shell fish resource organisms.
09
a) Specimen
b) Craft
c) Gear
4. Viva–voce based on Theory. 05
5. Report based on Visit to fish Landing Centre / Local fish market and Journal. 10
Skeleton of Practical Examination Question Paper:
Practical 2: PSZOOCN4P2
Time: 10:00 am to 3:00 pm Total Marks: 50
1. Identify and describe their importance in fisheries 12
(Any four photographs of Aquaculture medicines)
2. Identify and describe . 10
(Any four photographs o f equipment of fish farming)
3. Identify and describe their treatment. 09
(Any three Fin fish and Shell diseases)
4. Identify and describe. 04
Any two from Peneaus monodon, Scylla serrata, Lates calcarifer, Mullet, Milk fish, Pearl Oyster
5. Vive voce based on theory. 05
6. Journal. 05
Skeleton of Practical Examination Question Paper:
Practical 3: PSZOOCN4P3
Time: 10:00 am to 3:00 pm Total Marks: 50
1. Preparation of any one value added product / by-product: 20
Fish / Prawn Pickle / Fish Kabab / Fish cutlet / Fish Protein Concentrate / Fish body oil / Fish
meal
2. Identify and describe packaging material (three spots). 15
3. Viva voce based on theory. 05
4. Journal and fish marketing survey report. 10
Skeleton of Practical Exami nation
Question Paper: Practical 4 PSZOOCN4P4
Evaluation of Project of Paper IV Project: 60 Marks
1. Title of the Project 01
2. Aim, Objectives and Rationale 04
3. Materials and Methods 05
4. Observations and / Results 10
5. Interpretation of Observations / Results and Discussion 10
6. Conclusion and / Recommendation 10
7. Relevant work / Justification of work with Project title 10
8. Relevant References 05
9. Certified Dissertation 05
External Evaluation: 50 Marks
1. Content of Presentation 10
2. Quality of Presentation 10
3. Presentation Skill 10
4. Quality of Work 10
5. Viva based on Proposal / Question Answer Session 10
************** **********************************************